1 /* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
2 * Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Peter Mattis, Spencer Kimball and Josh MacDonald
4 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
5 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
6 * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
7 * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
9 * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
12 * Lesser General Public License for more details.
14 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
15 * License along with this library. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
19 * Modified by the GTK+ Team and others 1997-2000. See the AUTHORS
20 * file for a list of people on the GTK+ Team. See the ChangeLog
21 * files for a list of changes. These files are distributed with
22 * GTK+ at ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/.
31 #include <gobject/gvaluecollector.h>
32 #include <gobject/gobjectnotifyqueue.c>
33 #include <cairo-gobject.h>
35 #include "gtkcontainer.h"
36 #include "gtkaccelmapprivate.h"
37 #include "gtkclipboard.h"
38 #include "gtkcssstylepropertyprivate.h"
39 #include "gtkiconfactory.h"
41 #include "gtkmarshalers.h"
42 #include "gtkselectionprivate.h"
43 #include "gtksettingsprivate.h"
44 #include "gtksizegroup-private.h"
45 #include "gtksizerequestcacheprivate.h"
46 #include "gtkwidget.h"
47 #include "gtkwidgetprivate.h"
48 #include "gtkwindowprivate.h"
49 #include "gtkcontainerprivate.h"
50 #include "gtkbindings.h"
51 #include "gtkprivate.h"
52 #include "gtkaccessible.h"
53 #include "gtktooltip.h"
54 #include "gtkinvisible.h"
55 #include "gtkbuildable.h"
56 #include "gtkbuilderprivate.h"
57 #include "gtksizerequest.h"
58 #include "gtkstylecontextprivate.h"
59 #include "gtkcssprovider.h"
60 #include "gtkmodifierstyle.h"
61 #include "gtkversion.h"
64 #include "gtktypebuiltins.h"
65 #include "a11y/gtkwidgetaccessible.h"
69 * @Short_description: Base class for all widgets
72 * GtkWidget is the base class all widgets in GTK+ derive from. It manages the
73 * widget lifecycle, states and style.
75 * <refsect2 id="geometry-management">
76 * <title>Height-for-width Geometry Management</title>
78 * GTK+ uses a height-for-width (and width-for-height) geometry management
79 * system. Height-for-width means that a widget can change how much
80 * vertical space it needs, depending on the amount of horizontal space
81 * that it is given (and similar for width-for-height). The most common
82 * example is a label that reflows to fill up the available width, wraps
83 * to fewer lines, and therefore needs less height.
85 * Height-for-width geometry management is implemented in GTK+ by way
86 * of five virtual methods:
88 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_request_mode()</listitem>
89 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width()</listitem>
90 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height()</listitem>
91 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height_for_width()</listitem>
92 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width_for_height()</listitem>
95 * There are some important things to keep in mind when implementing
96 * height-for-width and when using it in container implementations.
98 * The geometry management system will query a widget hierarchy in
99 * only one orientation at a time. When widgets are initially queried
100 * for their minimum sizes it is generally done in two initial passes
101 * in the #GtkSizeRequestMode chosen by the toplevel.
103 * For example, when queried in the normal
104 * %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH mode:
105 * First, the default minimum and natural width for each widget
106 * in the interface will be computed using gtk_widget_get_preferred_width().
107 * Because the preferred widths for each container depend on the preferred
108 * widths of their children, this information propagates up the hierarchy,
109 * and finally a minimum and natural width is determined for the entire
110 * toplevel. Next, the toplevel will use the minimum width to query for the
111 * minimum height contextual to that width using
112 * gtk_widget_get_preferred_height_for_width(), which will also be a highly
113 * recursive operation. The minimum height for the minimum width is normally
114 * used to set the minimum size constraint on the toplevel
115 * (unless gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() is explicitly used instead).
117 * After the toplevel window has initially requested its size in both
118 * dimensions it can go on to allocate itself a reasonable size (or a size
119 * previously specified with gtk_window_set_default_size()). During the
120 * recursive allocation process it's important to note that request cycles
121 * will be recursively executed while container widgets allocate their children.
122 * Each container widget, once allocated a size, will go on to first share the
123 * space in one orientation among its children and then request each child's
124 * height for its target allocated width or its width for allocated height,
125 * depending. In this way a #GtkWidget will typically be requested its size
126 * a number of times before actually being allocated a size. The size a
127 * widget is finally allocated can of course differ from the size it has
128 * requested. For this reason, #GtkWidget caches a small number of results
129 * to avoid re-querying for the same sizes in one allocation cycle.
131 * See <link linkend="container-geometry-management">GtkContainer's
132 * geometry management section</link>
133 * to learn more about how height-for-width allocations are performed
134 * by container widgets.
136 * If a widget does move content around to intelligently use up the
137 * allocated size then it must support the request in both
138 * #GtkSizeRequestModes even if the widget in question only
139 * trades sizes in a single orientation.
141 * For instance, a #GtkLabel that does height-for-width word wrapping
142 * will not expect to have #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height() called
143 * because that call is specific to a width-for-height request. In this
144 * case the label must return the height required for its own minimum
145 * possible width. By following this rule any widget that handles
146 * height-for-width or width-for-height requests will always be allocated
147 * at least enough space to fit its own content.
149 * Here are some examples of how a %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH widget
150 * generally deals with width-for-height requests, for #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height()
152 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
154 * foo_widget_get_preferred_height (GtkWidget *widget, gint *min_height, gint *nat_height)
156 * if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode)
160 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, &min_width, NULL);
161 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_height_for_width (widget, min_width,
162 * min_height, nat_height);
166 * ... some widgets do both. For instance, if a GtkLabel is rotated to 90 degrees
167 * it will return the minimum and natural height for the rotated label here.
170 * ]]></programlisting>
172 * And in #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width_for_height() it will simply return
173 * the minimum and natural width:
175 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
177 * foo_widget_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget, gint for_height,
178 * gint *min_width, gint *nat_width)
180 * if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode)
182 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, min_width, nat_width);
186 * ... again if a widget is sometimes operating in width-for-height mode
187 * (like a rotated GtkLabel) it can go ahead and do its real width for
188 * height calculation here.
191 * ]]></programlisting>
193 * Often a widget needs to get its own request during size request or
194 * allocation. For example, when computing height it may need to also
195 * compute width. Or when deciding how to use an allocation, the widget
196 * may need to know its natural size. In these cases, the widget should
197 * be careful to call its virtual methods directly, like this:
199 * <title>Widget calling its own size request method.</title>
201 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS(widget)->get_preferred_width (widget),
206 * It will not work to use the wrapper functions, such as
207 * gtk_widget_get_preferred_width() inside your own size request
208 * implementation. These return a request adjusted by #GtkSizeGroup
209 * and by the #GtkWidgetClass.adjust_size_request() virtual method. If a
210 * widget used the wrappers inside its virtual method implementations,
211 * then the adjustments (such as widget margins) would be applied
212 * twice. GTK+ therefore does not allow this and will warn if you try
215 * Of course if you are getting the size request for
216 * <emphasis>another</emphasis> widget, such as a child of a
217 * container, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> use the wrapper APIs.
218 * Otherwise, you would not properly consider widget margins,
219 * #GtkSizeGroup, and so forth.
222 * <refsect2 id="style-properties">
223 * <title>Style Properties</title>
225 * <structname>GtkWidget</structname> introduces <firstterm>style
226 * properties</firstterm> - these are basically object properties that are stored
227 * not on the object, but in the style object associated to the widget. Style
228 * properties are set in <link linkend="gtk-Resource-Files">resource files</link>.
229 * This mechanism is used for configuring such things as the location of the
230 * scrollbar arrows through the theme, giving theme authors more control over the
231 * look of applications without the need to write a theme engine in C.
234 * Use gtk_widget_class_install_style_property() to install style properties for
235 * a widget class, gtk_widget_class_find_style_property() or
236 * gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties() to get information about existing
237 * style properties and gtk_widget_style_get_property(), gtk_widget_style_get() or
238 * gtk_widget_style_get_valist() to obtain the value of a style property.
241 * <refsect2 id="GtkWidget-BUILDER-UI">
242 * <title>GtkWidget as GtkBuildable</title>
244 * The GtkWidget implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a
245 * custom <accelerator> element, which has attributes named key,
246 * modifiers and signal and allows to specify accelerators.
249 * <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accelerator</title>
250 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
251 * <object class="GtkButton">
252 * <accelerator key="q" modifiers="GDK_CONTROL_MASK" signal="clicked"/>
254 * ]]></programlisting>
257 * In addition to accelerators, <structname>GtkWidget</structname> also support a
258 * custom <accessible> element, which supports actions and relations.
259 * Properties on the accessible implementation of an object can be set by accessing the
260 * internal child "accessible" of a <structname>GtkWidget</structname>.
263 * <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accessible</title>
264 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
265 * <object class="GtkButton" id="label1"/>
266 * <property name="label">I am a Label for a Button</property>
268 * <object class="GtkButton" id="button1">
270 * <action action_name="click" translatable="yes">Click the button.</action>
271 * <relation target="label1" type="labelled-by"/>
273 * <child internal-child="accessible">
274 * <object class="AtkObject" id="a11y-button1">
275 * <property name="AtkObject::name">Clickable Button</property>
279 * ]]></programlisting>
282 * Finally, GtkWidget allows style information such as style classes to
283 * be associated with widgets, using the custom <style> element:
285 * <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an style class</title>
286 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
287 * <object class="GtkButton" id="button1">
289 * <class name="my-special-button-class"/>
290 * <class name="dark-button"/>
293 * ]]></programlisting>
299 /* Add flags here that should not be propagated to children. By default,
300 * all flags will be set on children (think prelight or active), but we
301 * might want to not do this for some.
303 #define GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DONT_PROPAGATE (GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED | GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR | GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL)
304 #define GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE (~GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DONT_PROPAGATE)
306 #define WIDGET_CLASS(w) GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (w)
308 #define GTK_STATE_FLAGS_BITS 9
310 struct _GtkWidgetPrivate
312 /* The state of the widget. Needs to be able to hold all GtkStateFlags bits
313 * (defined in "gtkenums.h").
315 guint state_flags : GTK_STATE_FLAGS_BITS;
319 guint in_destruction : 1;
322 guint composite_child : 1;
330 guint can_default : 1;
331 guint has_default : 1;
332 guint receives_default : 1;
335 guint style_update_pending : 1;
336 guint app_paintable : 1;
337 guint double_buffered : 1;
338 guint redraw_on_alloc : 1;
339 guint no_show_all : 1;
340 guint child_visible : 1;
341 guint multidevice : 1;
342 guint has_shape_mask : 1;
343 guint in_reparent : 1;
345 /* Queue-resize related flags */
346 guint alloc_needed : 1;
348 /* Expand-related flags */
349 guint need_compute_expand : 1; /* Need to recompute computed_[hv]_expand */
350 guint computed_hexpand : 1; /* computed results (composite of child flags) */
351 guint computed_vexpand : 1;
352 guint hexpand : 1; /* application-forced expand */
354 guint hexpand_set : 1; /* whether to use application-forced */
355 guint vexpand_set : 1; /* instead of computing from children */
357 /* SizeGroup related flags */
358 guint have_size_groups : 1;
360 /* The widget's name. If the widget does not have a name
361 * (the name is NULL), then its name (as returned by
362 * "gtk_widget_get_name") is its class's name.
363 * Among other things, the widget name is used to determine
364 * the style to use for a widget.
368 /* The list of attached windows to this widget.
369 * We keep a list in order to call reset_style to all of them,
371 GList *attached_windows;
373 /* The style for the widget. The style contains the
374 * colors the widget should be drawn in for each state
375 * along with graphics contexts used to draw with and
376 * the font to use for text.
379 GtkStyleContext *context;
381 /* Widget's path for styling */
384 /* The widget's allocated size */
385 GtkAllocation allocation;
387 /* The widget's requested sizes */
388 SizeRequestCache requests;
390 /* actions attached to this or any parent widget */
393 /* The widget's window or its parent window if it does
394 * not have a window. (Which will be indicated by the
395 * GTK_NO_WINDOW flag being set).
399 /* The widget's parent */
402 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
403 /* Number of gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants () */
404 guint verifying_invariants_count;
405 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
408 struct _GtkWidgetClassPrivate
410 GType accessible_type;
411 AtkRole accessible_role;
440 BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT,
454 PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
455 SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT,
456 SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT,
457 SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT,
462 VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
476 ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED,
501 PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
502 PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
510 PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED,
525 typedef struct _GtkStateData GtkStateData;
528 STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE,
535 guint flags : GTK_STATE_FLAGS_BITS;
539 /* --- prototypes --- */
540 static void gtk_widget_base_class_init (gpointer g_class);
541 static void gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
542 static void gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
543 static void gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget);
544 static void gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
548 static void gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
552 static void gtk_widget_constructed (GObject *object);
553 static void gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object);
554 static void gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object);
555 static void gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object);
556 static void gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget);
557 static void gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget);
558 static void gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget);
559 static void gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget);
560 static void gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget);
561 static void gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget);
562 static void gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
563 GtkAllocation *allocation);
564 static void gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
565 GtkStyle *previous_style);
566 static void gtk_widget_real_direction_changed(GtkWidget *widget,
567 GtkTextDirection previous_direction);
569 static void gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget);
570 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
573 gboolean keyboard_tip,
574 GtkTooltip *tooltip);
575 static void gtk_widget_real_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget);
576 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
577 GtkWidgetHelpType help_type);
579 static void gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *object,
581 GParamSpec **pspecs);
582 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
584 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
586 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
587 GdkEventFocus *event);
588 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
589 GdkEventFocus *event);
590 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_touch_event (GtkWidget *widget,
591 GdkEventTouch *event);
592 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
593 GtkDirectionType direction);
594 static void gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
595 GtkDirectionType direction);
596 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
597 GtkDirectionType direction);
598 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
599 static void gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
600 static void gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
601 static void gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
603 #define gtk_widget_verify_invariants(widget)
604 #define gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants(widget)
605 #define gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants(widget)
607 static PangoContext* gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
608 static void gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
609 static void gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
612 static gint gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
614 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
615 gboolean group_cycling);
616 static void gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
619 static void gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
622 static void gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width (GtkWidget *widget,
624 gint *minimum_height,
625 gint *natural_height);
626 static void gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget,
629 gint *natural_width);
630 static void gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
631 GtkStateFlags old_state);
632 static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo* _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (GtkWidget *widget);
633 static GtkWidgetAuxInfo* gtk_widget_get_aux_info (GtkWidget *widget,
635 static void gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info);
636 static AtkObject* gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget);
637 static void gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface);
638 static AtkObject* gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor);
639 static void gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
640 cairo_region_t *region);
641 static GdkScreen * gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget);
642 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
645 static void gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
646 gboolean has_tooltip,
648 static void gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface);
649 static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
651 static const gchar * gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable);
652 static GObject * gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
654 const gchar *childname);
655 static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
658 const GValue *value);
659 static gboolean gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
662 const gchar *tagname,
663 GMarkupParser *parser,
665 static void gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
668 const gchar *tagname,
670 static void gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
671 GtkBuilder *builder);
673 static GtkSizeRequestMode gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget);
674 static void gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
677 static void gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
681 static void gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget);
684 static void gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
685 GtkOrientation orientation,
688 static void gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
689 GtkOrientation orientation,
693 gint *allocated_size);
695 static void gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
698 GtkQueueResizeFlags flags);
700 static void gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
703 static void gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
707 static gboolean event_window_is_still_viewable (GdkEvent *event);
709 /* --- variables --- */
710 static gpointer gtk_widget_parent_class = NULL;
711 static guint widget_signals[LAST_SIGNAL] = { 0 };
712 static guint composite_child_stack = 0;
713 static GtkTextDirection gtk_default_direction = GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR;
714 static GParamSpecPool *style_property_spec_pool = NULL;
716 static GQuark quark_property_parser = 0;
717 static GQuark quark_aux_info = 0;
718 static GQuark quark_accel_path = 0;
719 static GQuark quark_accel_closures = 0;
720 static GQuark quark_event_mask = 0;
721 static GQuark quark_device_event_mask = 0;
722 static GQuark quark_parent_window = 0;
723 static GQuark quark_pointer_window = 0;
724 static GQuark quark_shape_info = 0;
725 static GQuark quark_input_shape_info = 0;
726 static GQuark quark_pango_context = 0;
727 static GQuark quark_accessible_object = 0;
728 static GQuark quark_mnemonic_labels = 0;
729 static GQuark quark_tooltip_markup = 0;
730 static GQuark quark_has_tooltip = 0;
731 static GQuark quark_tooltip_window = 0;
732 static GQuark quark_visual = 0;
733 static GQuark quark_modifier_style = 0;
734 static GQuark quark_enabled_devices = 0;
735 static GQuark quark_size_groups = 0;
736 GParamSpecPool *_gtk_widget_child_property_pool = NULL;
737 GObjectNotifyContext *_gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = NULL;
739 /* --- functions --- */
741 gtk_widget_get_type (void)
743 static GType widget_type = 0;
745 if (G_UNLIKELY (widget_type == 0))
747 const GTypeInfo widget_info =
749 sizeof (GtkWidgetClass),
750 gtk_widget_base_class_init,
751 (GBaseFinalizeFunc) gtk_widget_base_class_finalize,
752 (GClassInitFunc) gtk_widget_class_init,
753 NULL, /* class_finalize */
754 NULL, /* class_init */
757 (GInstanceInitFunc) gtk_widget_init,
758 NULL, /* value_table */
761 const GInterfaceInfo accessibility_info =
763 (GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init,
764 (GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
765 NULL /* interface data */
768 const GInterfaceInfo buildable_info =
770 (GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init,
771 (GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
772 NULL /* interface data */
775 widget_type = g_type_register_static (G_TYPE_INITIALLY_UNOWNED, "GtkWidget",
776 &widget_info, G_TYPE_FLAG_ABSTRACT);
778 g_type_add_class_private (widget_type, sizeof (GtkWidgetClassPrivate));
780 g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, ATK_TYPE_IMPLEMENTOR,
781 &accessibility_info) ;
782 g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, GTK_TYPE_BUILDABLE,
790 gtk_widget_base_class_init (gpointer g_class)
792 GtkWidgetClass *klass = g_class;
794 klass->priv = G_TYPE_CLASS_GET_PRIVATE (g_class, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET, GtkWidgetClassPrivate);
798 child_property_notify_dispatcher (GObject *object,
802 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (object)->dispatch_child_properties_changed (GTK_WIDGET (object), n_pspecs, pspecs);
805 /* We guard against the draw signal callbacks modifying the state of the
806 * cairo context by surounding it with save/restore.
807 * Maybe we should also cairo_new_path() just to be sure?
810 gtk_widget_draw_marshaller (GClosure *closure,
811 GValue *return_value,
812 guint n_param_values,
813 const GValue *param_values,
814 gpointer invocation_hint,
815 gpointer marshal_data)
817 cairo_t *cr = g_value_get_boxed (¶m_values[1]);
821 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED (closure,
832 gtk_widget_draw_marshallerv (GClosure *closure,
833 GValue *return_value,
836 gpointer marshal_data,
843 G_VA_COPY (args_copy, args);
844 cr = va_arg (args_copy, gpointer);
848 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv (closure,
862 gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
864 static GObjectNotifyContext cpn_context = { 0, NULL, NULL };
865 GObjectClass *gobject_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
866 GtkBindingSet *binding_set;
868 gtk_widget_parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass);
870 quark_property_parser = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-property-parser");
871 quark_aux_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-aux-info");
872 quark_accel_path = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-path");
873 quark_accel_closures = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-closures");
874 quark_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-event-mask");
875 quark_device_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-device-event-mask");
876 quark_parent_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-parent-window");
877 quark_pointer_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pointer-window");
878 quark_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-shape-info");
879 quark_input_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-input-shape-info");
880 quark_pango_context = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pango-context");
881 quark_accessible_object = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accessible-object");
882 quark_mnemonic_labels = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-mnemonic-labels");
883 quark_tooltip_markup = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-markup");
884 quark_has_tooltip = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-has-tooltip");
885 quark_tooltip_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-window");
886 quark_visual = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-visual");
887 quark_modifier_style = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-modifier-style");
888 quark_enabled_devices = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-enabled-devices");
889 quark_size_groups = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-size-groups");
891 style_property_spec_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (FALSE);
892 _gtk_widget_child_property_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (TRUE);
893 cpn_context.quark_notify_queue = g_quark_from_static_string ("GtkWidget-child-property-notify-queue");
894 cpn_context.dispatcher = child_property_notify_dispatcher;
895 _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = &cpn_context;
897 gobject_class->constructed = gtk_widget_constructed;
898 gobject_class->dispose = gtk_widget_dispose;
899 gobject_class->finalize = gtk_widget_finalize;
900 gobject_class->set_property = gtk_widget_set_property;
901 gobject_class->get_property = gtk_widget_get_property;
903 klass->destroy = gtk_widget_real_destroy;
905 klass->activate_signal = 0;
906 klass->dispatch_child_properties_changed = gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed;
907 klass->show = gtk_widget_real_show;
908 klass->show_all = gtk_widget_show;
909 klass->hide = gtk_widget_real_hide;
910 klass->map = gtk_widget_real_map;
911 klass->unmap = gtk_widget_real_unmap;
912 klass->realize = gtk_widget_real_realize;
913 klass->unrealize = gtk_widget_real_unrealize;
914 klass->size_allocate = gtk_widget_real_size_allocate;
915 klass->get_request_mode = gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode;
916 klass->get_preferred_width = gtk_widget_real_get_width;
917 klass->get_preferred_height = gtk_widget_real_get_height;
918 klass->get_preferred_width_for_height = gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height;
919 klass->get_preferred_height_for_width = gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width;
920 klass->state_changed = NULL;
921 klass->state_flags_changed = gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed;
922 klass->parent_set = NULL;
923 klass->hierarchy_changed = NULL;
924 klass->style_set = gtk_widget_real_style_set;
925 klass->direction_changed = gtk_widget_real_direction_changed;
926 klass->grab_notify = NULL;
927 klass->child_notify = NULL;
929 klass->mnemonic_activate = gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate;
930 klass->grab_focus = gtk_widget_real_grab_focus;
931 klass->focus = gtk_widget_real_focus;
932 klass->move_focus = gtk_widget_real_move_focus;
933 klass->keynav_failed = gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed;
935 klass->button_press_event = NULL;
936 klass->button_release_event = NULL;
937 klass->motion_notify_event = NULL;
938 klass->touch_event = gtk_widget_real_touch_event;
939 klass->delete_event = NULL;
940 klass->destroy_event = NULL;
941 klass->key_press_event = gtk_widget_real_key_press_event;
942 klass->key_release_event = gtk_widget_real_key_release_event;
943 klass->enter_notify_event = NULL;
944 klass->leave_notify_event = NULL;
945 klass->configure_event = NULL;
946 klass->focus_in_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event;
947 klass->focus_out_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event;
948 klass->map_event = NULL;
949 klass->unmap_event = NULL;
950 klass->window_state_event = NULL;
951 klass->property_notify_event = _gtk_selection_property_notify;
952 klass->selection_clear_event = _gtk_selection_clear;
953 klass->selection_request_event = _gtk_selection_request;
954 klass->selection_notify_event = _gtk_selection_notify;
955 klass->selection_received = NULL;
956 klass->proximity_in_event = NULL;
957 klass->proximity_out_event = NULL;
958 klass->drag_begin = NULL;
959 klass->drag_end = NULL;
960 klass->drag_data_delete = NULL;
961 klass->drag_leave = NULL;
962 klass->drag_motion = NULL;
963 klass->drag_drop = NULL;
964 klass->drag_data_received = NULL;
965 klass->screen_changed = NULL;
966 klass->can_activate_accel = gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel;
967 klass->grab_broken_event = NULL;
968 klass->query_tooltip = gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip;
969 klass->style_updated = gtk_widget_real_style_updated;
971 klass->show_help = gtk_widget_real_show_help;
973 /* Accessibility support */
974 klass->priv->accessible_type = GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE;
975 klass->priv->accessible_role = ATK_ROLE_INVALID;
976 klass->get_accessible = gtk_widget_real_get_accessible;
978 klass->adjust_size_request = gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request;
979 klass->adjust_size_allocation = gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation;
981 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
983 g_param_spec_string ("name",
985 P_("The name of the widget"),
987 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
988 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
990 g_param_spec_object ("parent",
992 P_("The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"),
994 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
996 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
998 g_param_spec_int ("width-request",
1000 P_("Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
1004 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1005 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1006 PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST,
1007 g_param_spec_int ("height-request",
1008 P_("Height request"),
1009 P_("Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
1013 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1014 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1016 g_param_spec_boolean ("visible",
1018 P_("Whether the widget is visible"),
1020 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1021 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1023 g_param_spec_boolean ("sensitive",
1025 P_("Whether the widget responds to input"),
1027 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1028 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1030 g_param_spec_boolean ("app-paintable",
1031 P_("Application paintable"),
1032 P_("Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"),
1034 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1035 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1037 g_param_spec_boolean ("can-focus",
1039 P_("Whether the widget can accept the input focus"),
1041 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1042 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1044 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-focus",
1046 P_("Whether the widget has the input focus"),
1048 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1049 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1051 g_param_spec_boolean ("is-focus",
1053 P_("Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"),
1055 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1056 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1058 g_param_spec_boolean ("can-default",
1060 P_("Whether the widget can be the default widget"),
1062 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1063 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1065 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-default",
1067 P_("Whether the widget is the default widget"),
1069 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1070 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1071 PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
1072 g_param_spec_boolean ("receives-default",
1073 P_("Receives default"),
1074 P_("If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"),
1076 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1077 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1078 PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
1079 g_param_spec_boolean ("composite-child",
1080 P_("Composite child"),
1081 P_("Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"),
1083 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
1084 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1086 g_param_spec_object ("style",
1088 P_("The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look (colors etc)"),
1090 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1091 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1093 g_param_spec_flags ("events",
1095 P_("The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"),
1096 GDK_TYPE_EVENT_MASK,
1098 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1099 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1101 g_param_spec_boolean ("no-show-all",
1103 P_("Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"),
1105 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1108 * GtkWidget:has-tooltip:
1110 * Enables or disables the emission of #GtkWidget::query-tooltip on @widget.
1111 * A value of %TRUE indicates that @widget can have a tooltip, in this case
1112 * the widget will be queried using #GtkWidget::query-tooltip to determine
1113 * whether it will provide a tooltip or not.
1115 * Note that setting this property to %TRUE for the first time will change
1116 * the event masks of the GdkWindows of this widget to include leave-notify
1117 * and motion-notify events. This cannot and will not be undone when the
1118 * property is set to %FALSE again.
1122 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1124 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-tooltip",
1126 P_("Whether this widget has a tooltip"),
1128 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1130 * GtkWidget:tooltip-text:
1132 * Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string.
1134 * Also see gtk_tooltip_set_text().
1136 * This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
1137 * tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
1138 * will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
1139 * #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
1143 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1145 g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-text",
1147 P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
1149 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1151 * GtkWidget:tooltip-markup:
1153 * Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up
1154 * with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
1155 * Also see gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
1157 * This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
1158 * tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
1159 * will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
1160 * #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
1164 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1165 PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP,
1166 g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-markup",
1167 P_("Tooltip markup"),
1168 P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
1170 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1175 * The widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise.
1179 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1181 g_param_spec_object ("window",
1183 P_("The widget's window if it is realized"),
1185 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
1188 * GtkWidget:double-buffered:
1190 * Whether the widget is double buffered.
1194 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1195 PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED,
1196 g_param_spec_boolean ("double-buffered",
1197 P_("Double Buffered"),
1198 P_("Whether the widget is double buffered"),
1200 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1205 * How to distribute horizontal space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
1209 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1211 g_param_spec_enum ("halign",
1212 P_("Horizontal Alignment"),
1213 P_("How to position in extra horizontal space"),
1216 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1221 * How to distribute vertical space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
1225 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1227 g_param_spec_enum ("valign",
1228 P_("Vertical Alignment"),
1229 P_("How to position in extra vertical space"),
1232 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1235 * GtkWidget:margin-left:
1237 * Margin on left side of widget.
1239 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1240 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1241 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1245 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1247 g_param_spec_int ("margin-left",
1248 P_("Margin on Left"),
1249 P_("Pixels of extra space on the left side"),
1253 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1256 * GtkWidget:margin-right:
1258 * Margin on right side of widget.
1260 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1261 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1262 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1266 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1268 g_param_spec_int ("margin-right",
1269 P_("Margin on Right"),
1270 P_("Pixels of extra space on the right side"),
1274 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1277 * GtkWidget:margin-top:
1279 * Margin on top side of widget.
1281 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1282 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1283 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1287 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1289 g_param_spec_int ("margin-top",
1290 P_("Margin on Top"),
1291 P_("Pixels of extra space on the top side"),
1295 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1298 * GtkWidget:margin-bottom:
1300 * Margin on bottom side of widget.
1302 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1303 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1304 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1308 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1310 g_param_spec_int ("margin-bottom",
1311 P_("Margin on Bottom"),
1312 P_("Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"),
1316 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1321 * Sets all four sides' margin at once. If read, returns max
1322 * margin on any side.
1326 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1328 g_param_spec_int ("margin",
1330 P_("Pixels of extra space on all four sides"),
1334 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1337 * GtkWidget::destroy:
1338 * @object: the object which received the signal
1340 * Signals that all holders of a reference to the widget should release
1341 * the reference that they hold. May result in finalization of the widget
1342 * if all references are released.
1344 widget_signals[DESTROY] =
1345 g_signal_new (I_("destroy"),
1346 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1347 G_SIGNAL_RUN_CLEANUP | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
1348 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy),
1350 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1354 * GtkWidget:hexpand:
1356 * Whether to expand horizontally. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand().
1360 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1362 g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand",
1363 P_("Horizontal Expand"),
1364 P_("Whether widget wants more horizontal space"),
1366 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1369 * GtkWidget:hexpand-set:
1371 * Whether to use the #GtkWidget:hexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set().
1375 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1377 g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand-set",
1378 P_("Horizontal Expand Set"),
1379 P_("Whether to use the hexpand property"),
1381 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1384 * GtkWidget:vexpand:
1386 * Whether to expand vertically. See gtk_widget_set_vexpand().
1390 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1392 g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand",
1393 P_("Vertical Expand"),
1394 P_("Whether widget wants more vertical space"),
1396 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1399 * GtkWidget:vexpand-set:
1401 * Whether to use the #GtkWidget:vexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set().
1405 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1407 g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand-set",
1408 P_("Vertical Expand Set"),
1409 P_("Whether to use the vexpand property"),
1411 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1416 * Whether to expand in both directions. Setting this sets both #GtkWidget:hexpand and #GtkWidget:vexpand
1420 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1422 g_param_spec_boolean ("expand",
1424 P_("Whether widget wants to expand in both directions"),
1426 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1430 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1432 widget_signals[SHOW] =
1433 g_signal_new (I_("show"),
1434 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1436 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show),
1438 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1443 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1445 widget_signals[HIDE] =
1446 g_signal_new (I_("hide"),
1447 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1449 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hide),
1451 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1456 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1458 widget_signals[MAP] =
1459 g_signal_new (I_("map"),
1460 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1462 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map),
1464 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1469 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1471 widget_signals[UNMAP] =
1472 g_signal_new (I_("unmap"),
1473 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1475 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap),
1477 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1481 * GtkWidget::realize:
1482 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1484 widget_signals[REALIZE] =
1485 g_signal_new (I_("realize"),
1486 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1488 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, realize),
1490 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1494 * GtkWidget::unrealize:
1495 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1497 widget_signals[UNREALIZE] =
1498 g_signal_new (I_("unrealize"),
1499 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1501 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unrealize),
1503 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1507 * GtkWidget::size-allocate:
1508 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1511 widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE] =
1512 g_signal_new (I_("size-allocate"),
1513 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1515 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, size_allocate),
1517 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
1519 GDK_TYPE_RECTANGLE | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1522 * GtkWidget::state-changed:
1523 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1524 * @state: the previous state
1526 * The ::state-changed signal is emitted when the widget state changes.
1527 * See gtk_widget_get_state().
1529 * Deprecated: 3.0. Use #GtkWidget::state-flags-changed instead.
1531 widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED] =
1532 g_signal_new (I_("state-changed"),
1533 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1535 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_changed),
1537 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
1539 GTK_TYPE_STATE_TYPE);
1542 * GtkWidget::state-flags-changed:
1543 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1544 * @flags: The previous state flags.
1546 * The ::state-flags-changed signal is emitted when the widget state
1547 * changes, see gtk_widget_get_state_flags().
1551 widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED] =
1552 g_signal_new (I_("state-flags-changed"),
1553 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1555 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_flags_changed),
1557 _gtk_marshal_VOID__FLAGS,
1559 GTK_TYPE_STATE_FLAGS);
1562 * GtkWidget::parent-set:
1563 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1564 * @old_parent: (allow-none): the previous parent, or %NULL if the widget
1565 * just got its initial parent.
1567 * The ::parent-set signal is emitted when a new parent
1568 * has been set on a widget.
1570 widget_signals[PARENT_SET] =
1571 g_signal_new (I_("parent-set"),
1572 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1574 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, parent_set),
1576 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1581 * GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed:
1582 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1583 * @previous_toplevel: (allow-none): the previous toplevel ancestor, or %NULL
1584 * if the widget was previously unanchored
1586 * The ::hierarchy-changed signal is emitted when the
1587 * anchored state of a widget changes. A widget is
1588 * <firstterm>anchored</firstterm> when its toplevel
1589 * ancestor is a #GtkWindow. This signal is emitted when
1590 * a widget changes from un-anchored to anchored or vice-versa.
1592 widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED] =
1593 g_signal_new (I_("hierarchy-changed"),
1594 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1596 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hierarchy_changed),
1598 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1603 * GtkWidget::style-set:
1604 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1605 * @previous_style: (allow-none): the previous style, or %NULL if the widget
1606 * just got its initial style
1608 * The ::style-set signal is emitted when a new style has been set
1609 * on a widget. Note that style-modifying functions like
1610 * gtk_widget_modify_base() also cause this signal to be emitted.
1612 * Note that this signal is emitted for changes to the deprecated
1613 * #GtkStyle. To track changes to the #GtkStyleContext associated
1614 * with a widget, use the #GtkWidget::style-updated signal.
1616 * Deprecated:3.0: Use the #GtkWidget::style-updated signal
1618 widget_signals[STYLE_SET] =
1619 g_signal_new (I_("style-set"),
1620 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1622 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_set),
1624 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1629 * GtkWidget::style-updated:
1630 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1632 * The ::style-updated signal is emitted when the #GtkStyleContext
1633 * of a widget is changed. Note that style-modifying functions like
1634 * gtk_widget_override_color() also cause this signal to be emitted.
1638 widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED] =
1639 g_signal_new (I_("style-updated"),
1640 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1642 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_updated),
1644 g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1648 * GtkWidget::direction-changed:
1649 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1650 * @previous_direction: the previous text direction of @widget
1652 * The ::direction-changed signal is emitted when the text direction
1653 * of a widget changes.
1655 widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED] =
1656 g_signal_new (I_("direction-changed"),
1657 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1659 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, direction_changed),
1661 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
1663 GTK_TYPE_TEXT_DIRECTION);
1666 * GtkWidget::grab-notify:
1667 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1668 * @was_grabbed: %FALSE if the widget becomes shadowed, %TRUE
1669 * if it becomes unshadowed
1671 * The ::grab-notify signal is emitted when a widget becomes
1672 * shadowed by a GTK+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on
1673 * another widget, or when it becomes unshadowed due to a grab
1676 * A widget is shadowed by a gtk_grab_add() when the topmost
1677 * grab widget in the grab stack of its window group is not
1680 widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY] =
1681 g_signal_new (I_("grab-notify"),
1682 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1684 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_notify),
1686 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOOLEAN,
1691 * GtkWidget::child-notify:
1692 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1693 * @child_property: the #GParamSpec of the changed child property
1695 * The ::child-notify signal is emitted for each
1696 * <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> that has
1697 * changed on an object. The signal's detail holds the property name.
1699 widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY] =
1700 g_signal_new (I_("child-notify"),
1701 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1702 G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_DETAILED | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
1703 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, child_notify),
1705 g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__PARAM,
1711 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1712 * @cr: the cairo context to draw to
1714 * This signal is emitted when a widget is supposed to render itself.
1715 * The @widget's top left corner must be painted at the origin of
1716 * the passed in context and be sized to the values returned by
1717 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_width() and
1718 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_height().
1720 * Signal handlers connected to this signal can modify the cairo
1721 * context passed as @cr in any way they like and don't need to
1722 * restore it. The signal emission takes care of calling cairo_save()
1723 * before and cairo_restore() after invoking the handler.
1725 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1726 % %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1730 widget_signals[DRAW] =
1731 g_signal_new (I_("draw"),
1732 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1734 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, draw),
1735 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1736 gtk_widget_draw_marshaller,
1738 CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_CONTEXT);
1739 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[DRAW], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1740 gtk_widget_draw_marshallerv);
1743 * GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate:
1744 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1747 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1748 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1750 widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE] =
1751 g_signal_new (I_("mnemonic-activate"),
1752 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1754 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, mnemonic_activate),
1755 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1756 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOOLEAN,
1761 * GtkWidget::grab-focus:
1762 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1764 widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS] =
1765 g_signal_new (I_("grab-focus"),
1766 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1767 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
1768 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_focus),
1770 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1775 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1778 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1780 widget_signals[FOCUS] =
1781 g_signal_new (I_("focus"),
1782 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1784 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus),
1785 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1786 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
1788 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1791 * GtkWidget::move-focus:
1792 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1795 widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS] =
1796 g_signal_new (I_("move-focus"),
1797 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1798 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
1799 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, move_focus),
1801 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
1804 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1807 * GtkWidget::keynav-failed:
1808 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1809 * @direction: the direction of movement
1811 * Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails.
1812 * See gtk_widget_keynav_failed() for details.
1814 * Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
1815 * if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
1816 * navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
1820 widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED] =
1821 g_signal_new (I_("keynav-failed"),
1822 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1824 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, keynav_failed),
1825 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1826 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
1828 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1832 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1833 * @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
1835 * The GTK+ main loop will emit three signals for each GDK event delivered
1836 * to a widget: one generic ::event signal, another, more specific,
1837 * signal that matches the type of event delivered (e.g.
1838 * #GtkWidget::key-press-event) and finally a generic
1839 * #GtkWidget::event-after signal.
1841 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event
1842 * and to cancel the emission of the second specific ::event signal.
1843 * %FALSE to propagate the event further and to allow the emission of
1844 * the second signal. The ::event-after signal is emitted regardless of
1847 widget_signals[EVENT] =
1848 g_signal_new (I_("event"),
1849 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1851 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, event),
1852 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1853 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1855 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1856 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1857 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1860 * GtkWidget::event-after:
1861 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1862 * @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
1864 * After the emission of the #GtkWidget::event signal and (optionally)
1865 * the second more specific signal, ::event-after will be emitted
1866 * regardless of the previous two signals handlers return values.
1869 widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER] =
1870 g_signal_new (I_("event-after"),
1871 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1875 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
1877 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1878 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1879 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1882 * GtkWidget::button-press-event:
1883 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1884 * @event: (type Gdk.EventButton): the #GdkEventButton which triggered
1887 * The ::button-press-event signal will be emitted when a button
1888 * (typically from a mouse) is pressed.
1890 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
1891 * widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
1893 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1895 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1896 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1898 widget_signals[BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT] =
1899 g_signal_new (I_("button-press-event"),
1900 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1902 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_press_event),
1903 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1904 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1906 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1907 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1908 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1911 * GtkWidget::button-release-event:
1912 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1913 * @event: (type Gdk.EventButton): the #GdkEventButton which triggered
1916 * The ::button-release-event signal will be emitted when a button
1917 * (typically from a mouse) is released.
1919 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
1920 * widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK mask.
1922 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1924 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1925 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1927 widget_signals[BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT] =
1928 g_signal_new (I_("button-release-event"),
1929 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1931 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_release_event),
1932 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1933 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1935 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1936 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1937 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1939 widget_signals[TOUCH_EVENT] =
1940 g_signal_new (I_("touch-event"),
1941 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1943 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, touch_event),
1944 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1945 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1947 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1948 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[TOUCH_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1949 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1952 * GtkWidget::scroll-event:
1953 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1954 * @event: (type Gdk.EventScroll): the #GdkEventScroll which triggered
1957 * The ::scroll-event signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7
1958 * range is pressed. Wheel mice are usually configured to generate
1959 * button press events for buttons 4 and 5 when the wheel is turned.
1961 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1962 * to enable the #GDK_SCROLL_MASK mask.
1964 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1966 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1967 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1969 widget_signals[SCROLL_EVENT] =
1970 g_signal_new (I_("scroll-event"),
1971 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1973 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, scroll_event),
1974 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1975 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1977 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1978 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SCROLL_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1979 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1982 * GtkWidget::motion-notify-event:
1983 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1984 * @event: (type Gdk.EventMotion): the #GdkEventMotion which triggered
1987 * The ::motion-notify-event signal is emitted when the pointer moves
1988 * over the widget's #GdkWindow.
1990 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
1991 * needs to enable the #GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK mask.
1993 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1995 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1996 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1998 widget_signals[MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
1999 g_signal_new (I_("motion-notify-event"),
2000 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2002 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, motion_notify_event),
2003 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2004 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2006 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2007 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2008 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2011 * GtkWidget::composited-changed:
2012 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
2014 * The ::composited-changed signal is emitted when the composited
2015 * status of @widget<!-- -->s screen changes.
2016 * See gdk_screen_is_composited().
2018 widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED] =
2019 g_signal_new (I_("composited-changed"),
2020 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2021 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
2022 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, composited_changed),
2024 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
2028 * GtkWidget::delete-event:
2029 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2030 * @event: the event which triggered this signal
2032 * The ::delete-event signal is emitted if a user requests that
2033 * a toplevel window is closed. The default handler for this signal
2034 * destroys the window. Connecting gtk_widget_hide_on_delete() to
2035 * this signal will cause the window to be hidden instead, so that
2036 * it can later be shown again without reconstructing it.
2038 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2039 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2041 widget_signals[DELETE_EVENT] =
2042 g_signal_new (I_("delete-event"),
2043 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2045 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, delete_event),
2046 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2047 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2049 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2050 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[DELETE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2051 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2054 * GtkWidget::destroy-event:
2055 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2056 * @event: the event which triggered this signal
2058 * The ::destroy-event signal is emitted when a #GdkWindow is destroyed.
2059 * You rarely get this signal, because most widgets disconnect themselves
2060 * from their window before they destroy it, so no widget owns the
2061 * window at destroy time.
2063 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2064 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2065 * automatically for all new windows.
2067 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2068 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2070 widget_signals[DESTROY_EVENT] =
2071 g_signal_new (I_("destroy-event"),
2072 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2074 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy_event),
2075 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2076 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2078 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2079 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[DESTROY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2080 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2083 * GtkWidget::key-press-event:
2084 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2085 * @event: (type Gdk.EventKey): the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.
2087 * The ::key-press-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed. The signal
2088 * emission will reoccur at the key-repeat rate when the key is kept pressed.
2090 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2091 * to enable the #GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK mask.
2093 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2095 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2096 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2098 widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT] =
2099 g_signal_new (I_("key-press-event"),
2100 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2102 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_press_event),
2103 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2104 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2106 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2107 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2108 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2111 * GtkWidget::key-release-event:
2112 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2113 * @event: (type Gdk.EventKey): the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.
2115 * The ::key-release-event signal is emitted when a key is released.
2117 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2118 * to enable the #GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK mask.
2120 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2122 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2123 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2125 widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT] =
2126 g_signal_new (I_("key-release-event"),
2127 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2129 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_release_event),
2130 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2131 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2133 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2134 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2135 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2138 * GtkWidget::enter-notify-event:
2139 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2140 * @event: (type Gdk.EventCrossing): the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
2143 * The ::enter-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer enters
2144 * the @widget's window.
2146 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2147 * to enable the #GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
2149 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2151 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2152 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2154 widget_signals[ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2155 g_signal_new (I_("enter-notify-event"),
2156 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2158 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, enter_notify_event),
2159 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2160 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2162 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2163 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2164 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2167 * GtkWidget::leave-notify-event:
2168 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2169 * @event: (type Gdk.EventCrossing): the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
2172 * The ::leave-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer leaves
2173 * the @widget's window.
2175 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2176 * to enable the #GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
2178 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2180 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2181 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2183 widget_signals[LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2184 g_signal_new (I_("leave-notify-event"),
2185 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2187 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, leave_notify_event),
2188 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2189 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2191 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2192 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2193 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2196 * GtkWidget::configure-event:
2197 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2198 * @event: (type Gdk.EventConfigure): the #GdkEventConfigure which triggered
2201 * The ::configure-event signal will be emitted when the size, position or
2202 * stacking of the @widget's window has changed.
2204 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2205 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2206 * automatically for all new windows.
2208 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2209 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2211 widget_signals[CONFIGURE_EVENT] =
2212 g_signal_new (I_("configure-event"),
2213 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2215 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, configure_event),
2216 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2217 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2219 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2220 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[CONFIGURE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2221 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2224 * GtkWidget::focus-in-event:
2225 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2226 * @event: (type Gdk.EventFocus): the #GdkEventFocus which triggered
2229 * The ::focus-in-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
2230 * enters the @widget's window.
2232 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2233 * to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
2235 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2236 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2238 widget_signals[FOCUS_IN_EVENT] =
2239 g_signal_new (I_("focus-in-event"),
2240 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2242 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_in_event),
2243 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2244 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2246 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2247 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[FOCUS_IN_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2248 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2251 * GtkWidget::focus-out-event:
2252 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2253 * @event: (type Gdk.EventFocus): the #GdkEventFocus which triggered this
2256 * The ::focus-out-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
2257 * leaves the @widget's window.
2259 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2260 * to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
2262 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2263 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2265 widget_signals[FOCUS_OUT_EVENT] =
2266 g_signal_new (I_("focus-out-event"),
2267 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2269 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_out_event),
2270 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2271 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2273 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2274 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[FOCUS_OUT_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2275 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2278 * GtkWidget::map-event:
2279 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2280 * @event: (type Gdk.EventAny): the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal.
2282 * The ::map-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
2283 * mapped. A window is mapped when it becomes visible on the screen.
2285 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2286 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2287 * automatically for all new windows.
2289 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2290 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2292 widget_signals[MAP_EVENT] =
2293 g_signal_new (I_("map-event"),
2294 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2296 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map_event),
2297 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2298 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2300 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2301 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[MAP_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2302 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2305 * GtkWidget::unmap-event:
2306 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2307 * @event: (type Gdk.EventAny): the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal
2309 * The ::unmap-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
2310 * unmapped. A window is unmapped when it becomes invisible on the screen.
2312 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2313 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2314 * automatically for all new windows.
2316 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2317 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2319 widget_signals[UNMAP_EVENT] =
2320 g_signal_new (I_("unmap-event"),
2321 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2323 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap_event),
2324 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2325 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2327 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2328 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[UNMAP_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2329 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2332 * GtkWidget::property-notify-event:
2333 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2334 * @event: (type Gdk.EventProperty): the #GdkEventProperty which triggered
2337 * The ::property-notify-event signal will be emitted when a property on
2338 * the @widget's window has been changed or deleted.
2340 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2341 * to enable the #GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK mask.
2343 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2344 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2346 widget_signals[PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2347 g_signal_new (I_("property-notify-event"),
2348 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2350 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, property_notify_event),
2351 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2352 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2354 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2355 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2356 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2359 * GtkWidget::selection-clear-event:
2360 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2361 * @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection): the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
2364 * The ::selection-clear-event signal will be emitted when the
2365 * the @widget's window has lost ownership of a selection.
2367 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2368 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2370 widget_signals[SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT] =
2371 g_signal_new (I_("selection-clear-event"),
2372 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2374 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_clear_event),
2375 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2376 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2378 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2379 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2380 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2383 * GtkWidget::selection-request-event:
2384 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2385 * @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection): the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
2388 * The ::selection-request-event signal will be emitted when
2389 * another client requests ownership of the selection owned by
2390 * the @widget's window.
2392 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2393 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2395 widget_signals[SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT] =
2396 g_signal_new (I_("selection-request-event"),
2397 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2399 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_request_event),
2400 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2401 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2403 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2404 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2405 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2408 * GtkWidget::selection-notify-event:
2409 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2410 * @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection):
2412 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2414 widget_signals[SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2415 g_signal_new (I_("selection-notify-event"),
2416 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2418 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_notify_event),
2419 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2420 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2422 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2423 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2424 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2427 * GtkWidget::selection-received:
2428 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2432 widget_signals[SELECTION_RECEIVED] =
2433 g_signal_new (I_("selection-received"),
2434 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2436 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_received),
2438 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT,
2440 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2444 * GtkWidget::selection-get:
2445 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2450 widget_signals[SELECTION_GET] =
2451 g_signal_new (I_("selection-get"),
2452 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2454 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_get),
2456 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT_UINT,
2458 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2463 * GtkWidget::proximity-in-event:
2464 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2465 * @event: (type Gdk.EventProximity): the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
2468 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2469 * to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK mask.
2471 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2473 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2474 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2476 widget_signals[PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT] =
2477 g_signal_new (I_("proximity-in-event"),
2478 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2480 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_in_event),
2481 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2482 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2484 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2485 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2486 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2489 * GtkWidget::proximity-out-event:
2490 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2491 * @event: (type Gdk.EventProximity): the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
2494 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2495 * to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK mask.
2497 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2499 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2500 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2502 widget_signals[PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT] =
2503 g_signal_new (I_("proximity-out-event"),
2504 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2506 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_out_event),
2507 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2508 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2510 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2511 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2512 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2515 * GtkWidget::drag-leave:
2516 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2517 * @context: the drag context
2518 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
2520 * The ::drag-leave signal is emitted on the drop site when the cursor
2521 * leaves the widget. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to
2522 * undo things done in #GtkWidget::drag-motion, e.g. undo highlighting
2523 * with gtk_drag_unhighlight()
2525 widget_signals[DRAG_LEAVE] =
2526 g_signal_new (I_("drag-leave"),
2527 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2529 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_leave),
2531 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_UINT,
2533 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2537 * GtkWidget::drag-begin:
2538 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2539 * @context: the drag context
2541 * The ::drag-begin signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
2542 * started. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to set up a
2543 * custom drag icon with e.g. gtk_drag_source_set_icon_pixbuf().
2545 * Note that some widgets set up a drag icon in the default handler of
2546 * this signal, so you may have to use g_signal_connect_after() to
2547 * override what the default handler did.
2549 widget_signals[DRAG_BEGIN] =
2550 g_signal_new (I_("drag-begin"),
2551 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2553 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_begin),
2555 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2557 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
2560 * GtkWidget::drag-end:
2561 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2562 * @context: the drag context
2564 * The ::drag-end signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
2565 * finished. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo
2566 * things done in #GtkWidget::drag-begin.
2568 widget_signals[DRAG_END] =
2569 g_signal_new (I_("drag-end"),
2570 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2572 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_end),
2574 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2576 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
2579 * GtkWidget::drag-data-delete:
2580 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2581 * @context: the drag context
2583 * The ::drag-data-delete signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag
2584 * with the action %GDK_ACTION_MOVE is successfully completed. The signal
2585 * handler is responsible for deleting the data that has been dropped. What
2586 * "delete" means depends on the context of the drag operation.
2588 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_DELETE] =
2589 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-delete"),
2590 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2592 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_delete),
2594 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2596 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
2599 * GtkWidget::drag-failed:
2600 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2601 * @context: the drag context
2602 * @result: the result of the drag operation
2604 * The ::drag-failed signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag has
2605 * failed. The signal handler may hook custom code to handle a failed DND
2606 * operation based on the type of error, it returns %TRUE is the failure has
2607 * been already handled (not showing the default "drag operation failed"
2608 * animation), otherwise it returns %FALSE.
2610 * Return value: %TRUE if the failed drag operation has been already handled.
2614 widget_signals[DRAG_FAILED] =
2615 g_signal_new (I_("drag-failed"),
2616 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2618 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_failed),
2619 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2620 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_ENUM,
2622 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2623 GTK_TYPE_DRAG_RESULT);
2626 * GtkWidget::drag-motion:
2627 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2628 * @context: the drag context
2629 * @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
2630 * @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
2631 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
2633 * The ::drag-motion signal is emitted on the drop site when the user
2634 * moves the cursor over the widget during a drag. The signal handler
2635 * must determine whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not.
2636 * If it is not in a drop zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing
2637 * is necessary. Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the
2638 * handler is responsible for providing the necessary information for
2639 * displaying feedback to the user, by calling gdk_drag_status().
2641 * If the decision whether the drop will be accepted or rejected can't be
2642 * made based solely on the cursor position and the type of the data, the
2643 * handler may inspect the dragged data by calling gtk_drag_get_data() and
2644 * defer the gdk_drag_status() call to the #GtkWidget::drag-data-received
2645 * handler. Note that you cannot not pass #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP,
2646 * #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION or #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL to gtk_drag_dest_set()
2647 * when using the drag-motion signal that way.
2649 * Also note that there is no drag-enter signal. The drag receiver has to
2650 * keep track of whether he has received any drag-motion signals since the
2651 * last #GtkWidget::drag-leave and if not, treat the drag-motion signal as
2652 * an "enter" signal. Upon an "enter", the handler will typically highlight
2653 * the drop site with gtk_drag_highlight().
2656 * drag_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
2657 * GdkDragContext *context,
2664 * PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
2666 * if (!private_data->drag_highlight)
2668 * private_data->drag_highlight = 1;
2669 * gtk_drag_highlight (widget);
2672 * target = gtk_drag_dest_find_target (widget, context, NULL);
2673 * if (target == GDK_NONE)
2674 * gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
2677 * private_data->pending_status = gdk_drag_context_get_suggested_action (context);
2678 * gtk_drag_get_data (widget, context, target, time);
2685 * drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
2686 * GdkDragContext *context,
2689 * GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
2693 * PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
2695 * if (private_data->suggested_action)
2697 * private_data->suggested_action = 0;
2699 * /* We are getting this data due to a request in drag_motion,
2700 * * rather than due to a request in drag_drop, so we are just
2701 * * supposed to call gdk_drag_status(), not actually paste in
2704 * str = gtk_selection_data_get_text (selection_data);
2705 * if (!data_is_acceptable (str))
2706 * gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
2708 * gdk_drag_status (context, private_data->suggested_action, time);
2712 * /* accept the drop */
2717 * Returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
2719 widget_signals[DRAG_MOTION] =
2720 g_signal_new (I_("drag-motion"),
2721 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2723 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_motion),
2724 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2725 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
2727 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2733 * GtkWidget::drag-drop:
2734 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2735 * @context: the drag context
2736 * @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
2737 * @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
2738 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
2740 * The ::drag-drop signal is emitted on the drop site when the user drops
2741 * the data onto the widget. The signal handler must determine whether
2742 * the cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in a drop
2743 * zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing is necessary.
2744 * Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the handler must
2745 * ensure that gtk_drag_finish() is called to let the source know that
2746 * the drop is done. The call to gtk_drag_finish() can be done either
2747 * directly or in a #GtkWidget::drag-data-received handler which gets
2748 * triggered by calling gtk_drag_get_data() to receive the data for one
2749 * or more of the supported targets.
2751 * Returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
2753 widget_signals[DRAG_DROP] =
2754 g_signal_new (I_("drag-drop"),
2755 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2757 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_drop),
2758 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2759 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
2761 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2767 * GtkWidget::drag-data-get:
2768 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2769 * @context: the drag context
2770 * @data: the #GtkSelectionData to be filled with the dragged data
2771 * @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
2773 * @time: the timestamp at which the data was requested
2775 * The ::drag-data-get signal is emitted on the drag source when the drop
2776 * site requests the data which is dragged. It is the responsibility of
2777 * the signal handler to fill @data with the data in the format which
2778 * is indicated by @info. See gtk_selection_data_set() and
2779 * gtk_selection_data_set_text().
2781 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_GET] =
2782 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-get"),
2783 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2785 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_get),
2787 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
2789 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2790 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2795 * GtkWidget::drag-data-received:
2796 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2797 * @context: the drag context
2798 * @x: where the drop happened
2799 * @y: where the drop happened
2800 * @data: the received data
2801 * @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
2803 * @time: the timestamp at which the data was received
2805 * The ::drag-data-received signal is emitted on the drop site when the
2806 * dragged data has been received. If the data was received in order to
2807 * determine whether the drop will be accepted, the handler is expected
2808 * to call gdk_drag_status() and <emphasis>not</emphasis> finish the drag.
2809 * If the data was received in response to a #GtkWidget::drag-drop signal
2810 * (and this is the last target to be received), the handler for this
2811 * signal is expected to process the received data and then call
2812 * gtk_drag_finish(), setting the @success parameter depending on
2813 * whether the data was processed successfully.
2815 * The handler may inspect the selected action with
2816 * gdk_drag_context_get_selected_action() before calling
2817 * gtk_drag_finish(), e.g. to implement %GDK_ACTION_ASK as
2818 * shown in the following example:
2821 * drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
2822 * GdkDragContext *context,
2825 * GtkSelectionData *data,
2829 * if ((data->length >= 0) && (data->format == 8))
2831 * GdkDragAction action;
2833 * /* handle data here */
2835 * action = gdk_drag_context_get_selected_action (context);
2836 * if (action == GDK_ACTION_ASK)
2838 * GtkWidget *dialog;
2841 * dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (NULL,
2842 * GTK_DIALOG_MODAL |
2843 * GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
2845 * GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO,
2846 * "Move the data ?\n");
2847 * response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog));
2848 * gtk_widget_destroy (dialog);
2850 * if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_YES)
2851 * action = GDK_ACTION_MOVE;
2853 * action = GDK_ACTION_COPY;
2856 * gtk_drag_finish (context, TRUE, action == GDK_ACTION_MOVE, time);
2859 * gtk_drag_finish (context, FALSE, FALSE, time);
2863 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED] =
2864 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-received"),
2865 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2867 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_received),
2869 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_INT_INT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
2871 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2874 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2879 * GtkWidget::visibility-notify-event:
2880 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2881 * @event: (type Gdk.EventVisibility): the #GdkEventVisibility which
2882 * triggered this signal.
2884 * The ::visibility-notify-event will be emitted when the @widget's window
2885 * is obscured or unobscured.
2887 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2888 * to enable the #GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
2890 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2891 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2893 widget_signals[VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2894 g_signal_new (I_("visibility-notify-event"),
2895 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2897 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, visibility_notify_event),
2898 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2899 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2901 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2904 * GtkWidget::window-state-event:
2905 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2906 * @event: (type Gdk.EventWindowState): the #GdkEventWindowState which
2907 * triggered this signal.
2909 * The ::window-state-event will be emitted when the state of the
2910 * toplevel window associated to the @widget changes.
2912 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
2913 * needs to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable
2914 * this mask automatically for all new windows.
2916 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the
2917 * event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2919 widget_signals[WINDOW_STATE_EVENT] =
2920 g_signal_new (I_("window-state-event"),
2921 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2923 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, window_state_event),
2924 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2925 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2927 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2928 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[WINDOW_STATE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2929 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2932 * GtkWidget::damage-event:
2933 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2934 * @event: (type Gdk.EventExpose): the #GdkEventExpose event
2936 * Emitted when a redirected window belonging to @widget gets drawn into.
2937 * The region/area members of the event shows what area of the redirected
2938 * drawable was drawn into.
2940 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2941 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2945 widget_signals[DAMAGE_EVENT] =
2946 g_signal_new (I_("damage-event"),
2947 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2949 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, damage_event),
2950 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2951 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2953 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2954 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[DAMAGE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2955 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2958 * GtkWidget::grab-broken-event:
2959 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2960 * @event: (type Gdk.EventGrabBroken): the #GdkEventGrabBroken event
2962 * Emitted when a pointer or keyboard grab on a window belonging
2963 * to @widget gets broken.
2965 * On X11, this happens when the grab window becomes unviewable
2966 * (i.e. it or one of its ancestors is unmapped), or if the same
2967 * application grabs the pointer or keyboard again.
2969 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for
2970 * the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2974 widget_signals[GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT] =
2975 g_signal_new (I_("grab-broken-event"),
2976 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2978 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_broken_event),
2979 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2980 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2982 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2983 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2984 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2987 * GtkWidget::query-tooltip:
2988 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2989 * @x: the x coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
2990 * been emitted, relative to @widget's left side
2991 * @y: the y coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
2992 * been emitted, relative to @widget's top
2993 * @keyboard_mode: %TRUE if the tooltip was trigged using the keyboard
2994 * @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
2996 * Emitted when #GtkWidget:has-tooltip is %TRUE and the #GtkSettings:gtk-tooltip-timeout
2997 * has expired with the cursor hovering "above" @widget; or emitted when @widget got
2998 * focus in keyboard mode.
3000 * Using the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine
3001 * whether a tooltip should be shown for @widget. If this is the case
3002 * %TRUE should be returned, %FALSE otherwise. Note that if
3003 * @keyboard_mode is %TRUE, the values of @x and @y are undefined and
3004 * should not be used.
3006 * The signal handler is free to manipulate @tooltip with the therefore
3007 * destined function calls.
3009 * Returns: %TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise.
3013 widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP] =
3014 g_signal_new (I_("query-tooltip"),
3015 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3017 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, query_tooltip),
3018 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
3019 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__INT_INT_BOOLEAN_OBJECT,
3027 * GtkWidget::popup-menu:
3028 * @widget: the object which received the signal
3030 * This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a context
3031 * menu. This usually happens through the standard key binding mechanism;
3032 * by pressing a certain key while a widget is focused, the user can cause
3033 * the widget to pop up a menu. For example, the #GtkEntry widget creates
3034 * a menu with clipboard commands. See <xref linkend="checklist-popup-menu"/>
3035 * for an example of how to use this signal.
3037 * Returns: %TRUE if a menu was activated
3039 widget_signals[POPUP_MENU] =
3040 g_signal_new (I_("popup-menu"),
3041 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3042 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
3043 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, popup_menu),
3044 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
3045 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__VOID,
3049 * GtkWidget::show-help:
3050 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
3053 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
3054 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
3056 widget_signals[SHOW_HELP] =
3057 g_signal_new (I_("show-help"),
3058 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3059 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
3060 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show_help),
3061 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
3062 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
3064 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE);
3067 * GtkWidget::accel-closures-changed:
3068 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
3070 widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED] =
3071 g_signal_new (I_("accel-closures-changed"),
3072 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3076 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
3080 * GtkWidget::screen-changed:
3081 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
3082 * @previous_screen: (allow-none): the previous screen, or %NULL if the
3083 * widget was not associated with a screen before
3085 * The ::screen-changed signal gets emitted when the
3086 * screen of a widget has changed.
3088 widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED] =
3089 g_signal_new (I_("screen-changed"),
3090 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3092 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, screen_changed),
3094 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
3099 * GtkWidget::can-activate-accel:
3100 * @widget: the object which received the signal
3101 * @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
3103 * Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
3104 * identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
3105 * This signal is present to allow applications and derived
3106 * widgets to override the default #GtkWidget handling
3107 * for determining whether an accelerator can be activated.
3109 * Returns: %TRUE if the signal can be activated.
3111 widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL] =
3112 g_signal_new (I_("can-activate-accel"),
3113 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3115 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, can_activate_accel),
3116 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
3117 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__UINT,
3118 G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1, G_TYPE_UINT);
3120 binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (klass);
3121 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F10, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
3123 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_Menu, 0,
3126 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
3128 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
3129 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
3130 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_KP_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
3132 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
3133 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
3134 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
3136 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
3137 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
3138 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_KP_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
3140 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
3141 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
3143 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3144 g_param_spec_boolean ("interior-focus",
3145 P_("Interior Focus"),
3146 P_("Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"),
3148 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3150 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3151 g_param_spec_int ("focus-line-width",
3152 P_("Focus linewidth"),
3153 P_("Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"),
3155 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3157 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3158 g_param_spec_string ("focus-line-pattern",
3159 P_("Focus line dash pattern"),
3160 P_("Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"),
3162 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3163 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3164 g_param_spec_int ("focus-padding",
3165 P_("Focus padding"),
3166 P_("Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"),
3168 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3169 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3170 g_param_spec_boxed ("cursor-color",
3172 P_("Color with which to draw insertion cursor"),
3174 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3175 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3176 g_param_spec_boxed ("secondary-cursor-color",
3177 P_("Secondary cursor color"),
3178 P_("Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text"),
3180 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3181 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3182 g_param_spec_float ("cursor-aspect-ratio",
3183 P_("Cursor line aspect ratio"),
3184 P_("Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"),
3186 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3188 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3189 g_param_spec_boolean ("window-dragging",
3190 P_("Window dragging"),
3191 P_("Whether windows can be dragged by clicking on empty areas"),
3193 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3196 * GtkWidget:link-color:
3198 * The "link-color" style property defines the color of unvisited links.
3202 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3203 g_param_spec_boxed ("link-color",
3204 P_("Unvisited Link Color"),
3205 P_("Color of unvisited links"),
3207 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3210 * GtkWidget:visited-link-color:
3212 * The "visited-link-color" style property defines the color of visited links.
3216 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3217 g_param_spec_boxed ("visited-link-color",
3218 P_("Visited Link Color"),
3219 P_("Color of visited links"),
3221 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3224 * GtkWidget:wide-separators:
3226 * The "wide-separators" style property defines whether separators have
3227 * configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line.
3231 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3232 g_param_spec_boolean ("wide-separators",
3233 P_("Wide Separators"),
3234 P_("Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line"),
3236 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3239 * GtkWidget:separator-width:
3241 * The "separator-width" style property defines the width of separators.
3242 * This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
3246 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3247 g_param_spec_int ("separator-width",
3248 P_("Separator Width"),
3249 P_("The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"),
3251 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3254 * GtkWidget:separator-height:
3256 * The "separator-height" style property defines the height of separators.
3257 * This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
3261 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3262 g_param_spec_int ("separator-height",
3263 P_("Separator Height"),
3264 P_("The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"),
3266 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3269 * GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-hlength:
3271 * The "scroll-arrow-hlength" style property defines the length of
3272 * horizontal scroll arrows.
3276 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3277 g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-hlength",
3278 P_("Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"),
3279 P_("The length of horizontal scroll arrows"),
3281 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3284 * GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-vlength:
3286 * The "scroll-arrow-vlength" style property defines the length of
3287 * vertical scroll arrows.
3291 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3292 g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-vlength",
3293 P_("Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"),
3294 P_("The length of vertical scroll arrows"),
3296 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3298 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3299 g_param_spec_int ("text-handle-width",
3300 P_("Width of text selection handles"),
3301 P_("Width of text selection handles"),
3303 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3304 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3305 g_param_spec_int ("text-handle-height",
3306 P_("Height of text selection handles"),
3307 P_("Height of text selection handles"),
3309 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3311 g_type_class_add_private (klass, sizeof (GtkWidgetPrivate));
3313 gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type (klass, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_ACCESSIBLE);
3317 gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
3321 list = g_param_spec_pool_list_owned (style_property_spec_pool, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
3322 for (node = list; node; node = node->next)
3324 GParamSpec *pspec = node->data;
3326 g_param_spec_pool_remove (style_property_spec_pool, pspec);
3327 g_param_spec_unref (pspec);
3333 gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
3335 const GValue *value,
3338 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
3343 gchar *tooltip_markup;
3344 const gchar *tooltip_text;
3345 GtkWindow *tooltip_window;
3348 gtk_widget_set_name (widget, g_value_get_string (value));
3351 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (g_value_get_object (value)), widget);
3353 case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
3354 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, g_value_get_int (value), -2, 0);
3356 case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
3357 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, -2, g_value_get_int (value), 0);
3360 gtk_widget_set_visible (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3362 case PROP_SENSITIVE:
3363 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3365 case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
3366 gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3368 case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
3369 gtk_widget_set_can_focus (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3371 case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
3372 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
3373 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
3376 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
3377 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
3379 case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
3380 gtk_widget_set_can_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3382 case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
3383 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
3384 gtk_widget_grab_default (widget);
3386 case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
3387 gtk_widget_set_receives_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3390 gtk_widget_set_style (widget, g_value_get_object (value));
3393 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
3394 gtk_widget_set_events (widget, g_value_get_flags (value));
3396 case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
3397 gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3399 case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
3400 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
3401 g_value_get_boolean (value), FALSE);
3403 case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
3404 tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
3405 tooltip_markup = g_value_dup_string (value);
3407 /* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
3408 * because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
3410 if (tooltip_markup && (strlen (tooltip_markup) == 0))
3412 g_free (tooltip_markup);
3413 tooltip_markup = NULL;
3416 g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
3417 tooltip_markup, g_free);
3419 tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
3420 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
3421 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
3422 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
3424 case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
3425 tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
3427 tooltip_text = g_value_get_string (value);
3429 /* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
3430 * because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
3432 if (tooltip_text && (strlen (tooltip_text) == 0))
3433 tooltip_text = NULL;
3435 tooltip_markup = tooltip_text ? g_markup_escape_text (tooltip_text, -1) : NULL;
3437 g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
3438 tooltip_markup, g_free);
3440 tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
3441 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
3442 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
3443 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
3445 case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
3446 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3449 gtk_widget_set_halign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
3452 gtk_widget_set_valign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
3454 case PROP_MARGIN_LEFT:
3455 gtk_widget_set_margin_left (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3457 case PROP_MARGIN_RIGHT:
3458 gtk_widget_set_margin_right (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3460 case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
3461 gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3463 case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
3464 gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3467 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3468 gtk_widget_set_margin_left (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3469 gtk_widget_set_margin_right (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3470 gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3471 gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3472 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3475 gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3477 case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
3478 gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3481 gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3483 case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
3484 gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3487 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3488 gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3489 gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3490 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3493 G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
3499 gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
3504 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
3505 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3513 g_value_set_string (value, priv->name);
3515 g_value_set_static_string (value, "");
3518 g_value_set_object (value, priv->parent);
3520 case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
3523 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, &w, NULL);
3524 g_value_set_int (value, w);
3527 case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
3530 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, NULL, &h);
3531 g_value_set_int (value, h);
3535 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) != FALSE));
3537 case PROP_SENSITIVE:
3538 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_sensitive (widget) != FALSE));
3540 case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
3541 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (widget) != FALSE));
3543 case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
3544 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget) != FALSE));
3546 case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
3547 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_has_focus (widget) != FALSE));
3550 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget)));
3552 case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
3553 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget) != FALSE));
3555 case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
3556 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_has_default (widget) != FALSE));
3558 case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
3559 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_receives_default (widget) != FALSE));
3561 case PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD:
3562 g_value_set_boolean (value, widget->priv->composite_child);
3565 g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_style (widget));
3568 eventp = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
3569 g_value_set_flags (value, GPOINTER_TO_INT (eventp));
3571 case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
3572 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (widget));
3574 case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
3575 g_value_set_boolean (value, GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_has_tooltip)));
3577 case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
3579 gchar *escaped = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup);
3582 if (escaped && !pango_parse_markup (escaped, -1, 0, NULL, &text, NULL, NULL))
3583 g_assert (NULL == text); /* text should still be NULL in case of markup errors */
3585 g_value_take_string (value, text);
3588 case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
3589 g_value_set_string (value, g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup));
3592 g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
3594 case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
3595 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (widget));
3598 g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_halign (widget));
3601 g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_valign (widget));
3603 case PROP_MARGIN_LEFT:
3604 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_left (widget));
3606 case PROP_MARGIN_RIGHT:
3607 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_right (widget));
3609 case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
3610 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_top (widget));
3612 case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
3613 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (widget));
3617 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
3618 if (aux_info == NULL)
3620 g_value_set_int (value, 0);
3624 g_value_set_int (value, MAX (MAX (aux_info->margin.left,
3625 aux_info->margin.right),
3626 MAX (aux_info->margin.top,
3627 aux_info->margin.bottom)));
3632 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget));
3634 case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
3635 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (widget));
3638 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
3640 case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
3641 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (widget));
3644 g_value_set_boolean (value,
3645 gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget) &&
3646 gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
3649 G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
3655 gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget)
3657 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
3659 widget->priv = G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_PRIVATE (widget,
3662 priv = widget->priv;
3664 priv->child_visible = TRUE;
3666 priv->allocation.x = -1;
3667 priv->allocation.y = -1;
3668 priv->allocation.width = 1;
3669 priv->allocation.height = 1;
3670 priv->window = NULL;
3671 priv->parent = NULL;
3673 priv->sensitive = TRUE;
3674 priv->composite_child = composite_child_stack != 0;
3675 priv->double_buffered = TRUE;
3676 priv->redraw_on_alloc = TRUE;
3677 priv->alloc_needed = TRUE;
3678 priv->state_flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR;
3680 /* this will be set to TRUE if the widget gets a child or if the
3681 * expand flag is set on the widget, but until one of those happen
3682 * we know the expand is already properly FALSE.
3684 * We really want to default FALSE here to avoid computing expand
3685 * all over the place while initially building a widget tree.
3687 priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
3689 _gtk_size_request_cache_init (&priv->requests);
3691 priv->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
3692 g_object_ref (priv->style);
3697 gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
3699 GParamSpec **pspecs)
3701 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3702 GtkWidget *container = priv->parent;
3705 for (i = 0; widget->priv->parent == container && i < n_pspecs; i++)
3706 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY], g_quark_from_string (pspecs[i]->name), pspecs[i]);
3710 * gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify:
3711 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3713 * Stops emission of #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget. The
3714 * signals are queued until gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify() is called
3717 * This is the analogue of g_object_freeze_notify() for child properties.
3720 gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
3722 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3724 if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
3727 g_object_ref (widget);
3728 g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3729 g_object_unref (widget);
3733 * gtk_widget_child_notify:
3734 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3735 * @child_property: the name of a child property installed on the
3736 * class of @widget<!-- -->'s parent
3738 * Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
3739 * <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> @child_property
3742 * This is the analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties.
3744 * Also see gtk_container_child_notify().
3747 gtk_widget_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
3748 const gchar *child_property)
3750 if (widget->priv->parent == NULL)
3753 gtk_container_child_notify (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->priv->parent), widget, child_property);
3757 * gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify:
3758 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3760 * Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify().
3761 * This causes all queued #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget to be
3765 gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
3767 GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
3769 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3771 if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
3774 g_object_ref (widget);
3775 nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_from_object (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3776 if (!nqueue || !nqueue->freeze_count)
3777 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": child-property-changed notification for %s(%p) is not frozen",
3778 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
3780 g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3781 g_object_unref (widget);
3787 * @type: type ID of the widget to create
3788 * @first_property_name: name of first property to set
3789 * @...: value of first property, followed by more properties,
3792 * This is a convenience function for creating a widget and setting
3793 * its properties in one go. For example you might write:
3794 * <literal>gtk_widget_new (GTK_TYPE_LABEL, "label", "Hello World", "xalign",
3795 * 0.0, NULL)</literal> to create a left-aligned label. Equivalent to
3796 * g_object_new(), but returns a widget so you don't have to
3797 * cast the object yourself.
3799 * Return value: a new #GtkWidget of type @widget_type
3802 gtk_widget_new (GType type,
3803 const gchar *first_property_name,
3809 g_return_val_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET), NULL);
3811 va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
3812 widget = (GtkWidget *)g_object_new_valist (type, first_property_name, var_args);
3819 gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (GtkWidget *widget)
3821 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3824 parent = priv->parent;
3825 if (parent && gtk_widget_is_drawable (parent))
3826 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (parent,
3829 priv->allocation.width,
3830 priv->allocation.height);
3834 * gtk_widget_unparent:
3835 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3837 * This function is only for use in widget implementations.
3838 * Should be called by implementations of the remove method
3839 * on #GtkContainer, to dissociate a child from the container.
3842 gtk_widget_unparent (GtkWidget *widget)
3844 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
3845 GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
3846 GtkWidget *toplevel;
3847 GtkWidget *old_parent;
3849 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3851 priv = widget->priv;
3853 if (priv->parent == NULL)
3856 /* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_detach() */
3858 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
3860 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3861 nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3863 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
3864 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
3865 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
3867 if (gtk_container_get_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent)) == widget)
3868 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), NULL);
3870 gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (widget);
3872 /* Reset the width and height here, to force reallocation if we
3873 * get added back to a new parent. This won't work if our new
3874 * allocation is smaller than 1x1 and we actually want a size of 1x1...
3875 * (would 0x0 be OK here?)
3877 priv->allocation.width = 1;
3878 priv->allocation.height = 1;
3880 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
3882 if (priv->in_reparent)
3883 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
3885 gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
3888 /* If we are unanchoring the child, we save around the toplevel
3889 * to emit hierarchy changed
3891 if (priv->parent->priv->anchored)
3892 g_object_ref (toplevel);
3896 /* Removing a widget from a container restores the child visible
3897 * flag to the default state, so it doesn't affect the child
3898 * in the next parent.
3900 priv->child_visible = TRUE;
3902 old_parent = priv->parent;
3903 priv->parent = NULL;
3905 /* parent may no longer expand if the removed
3906 * child was expand=TRUE and could therefore
3909 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
3910 (priv->need_compute_expand ||
3911 priv->computed_hexpand ||
3912 priv->computed_vexpand))
3914 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (old_parent);
3917 /* Unset BACKDROP since we are no longer inside a toplevel window */
3918 gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_BACKDROP);
3920 gtk_style_context_set_parent (priv->context, NULL);
3922 _gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
3924 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, old_parent);
3927 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, toplevel);
3928 g_object_unref (toplevel);
3931 /* Now that the parent pointer is nullified and the hierarchy-changed
3932 * already passed, go ahead and unset the parent window, if we are unparenting
3933 * an embeded GtkWindow the window will become toplevel again and hierarchy-changed
3934 * will fire again for the new subhierarchy.
3936 gtk_widget_set_parent_window (widget, NULL);
3938 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
3939 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3941 g_object_notify_queue_clear (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3942 g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3944 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
3945 g_object_unref (widget);
3949 * gtk_widget_destroy:
3950 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3952 * Destroys a widget.
3955 * destroyed, it will break any references it holds to other objects.
3956 * If the widget is inside a container, the widget will be removed
3957 * from the container. If the widget is a toplevel (derived from
3958 * #GtkWindow), it will be removed from the list of toplevels, and the
3959 * reference GTK+ holds to it will be removed. Removing a
3960 * widget from its container or the list of toplevels results in the
3961 * widget being finalized, unless you've added additional references
3962 * to the widget with g_object_ref().
3964 * In most cases, only toplevel widgets (windows) require explicit
3965 * destruction, because when you destroy a toplevel its children will
3966 * be destroyed as well.
3969 gtk_widget_destroy (GtkWidget *widget)
3971 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3973 if (!widget->priv->in_destruction)
3974 g_object_run_dispose (G_OBJECT (widget));
3978 * gtk_widget_destroyed:
3979 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3980 * @widget_pointer: (inout) (transfer none): address of a variable that contains @widget
3982 * This function sets *@widget_pointer to %NULL if @widget_pointer !=
3983 * %NULL. It's intended to be used as a callback connected to the
3984 * "destroy" signal of a widget. You connect gtk_widget_destroyed()
3985 * as a signal handler, and pass the address of your widget variable
3986 * as user data. Then when the widget is destroyed, the variable will
3987 * be set to %NULL. Useful for example to avoid multiple copies
3988 * of the same dialog.
3991 gtk_widget_destroyed (GtkWidget *widget,
3992 GtkWidget **widget_pointer)
3994 /* Don't make any assumptions about the
3996 * Even check widget_pointer.
3999 *widget_pointer = NULL;
4004 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4006 * Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn't shown will
4007 * not appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a
4008 * container, it's easier to call gtk_widget_show_all() on the
4009 * container, instead of individually showing the widgets.
4011 * Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget,
4012 * in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen.
4014 * When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and
4015 * mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their
4016 * toplevel container is realized and mapped.
4019 gtk_widget_show (GtkWidget *widget)
4021 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4023 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
4025 g_object_ref (widget);
4026 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4028 if (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
4029 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
4031 /* see comment in set_parent() for why this should and can be
4034 if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand ||
4035 widget->priv->computed_hexpand ||
4036 widget->priv->computed_vexpand)
4038 if (widget->priv->parent != NULL)
4039 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget->priv->parent);
4042 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SHOW], 0);
4043 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
4045 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4046 g_object_unref (widget);
4051 gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget)
4053 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
4055 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
4057 priv->visible = TRUE;
4060 gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
4061 gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
4062 !gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4063 gtk_widget_map (widget);
4068 gtk_widget_show_map_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gint *flag)
4071 g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func (widget,
4072 gtk_widget_show_map_callback,
4077 * gtk_widget_show_now:
4078 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4080 * Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget
4081 * (i.e. a #GtkWindow that has not yet been shown), enter the main
4082 * loop and wait for the window to actually be mapped. Be careful;
4083 * because the main loop is running, anything can happen during
4087 gtk_widget_show_now (GtkWidget *widget)
4091 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4093 /* make sure we will get event */
4094 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget) &&
4095 gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
4097 gtk_widget_show (widget);
4099 g_signal_connect (widget, "map-event",
4100 G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_show_map_callback),
4104 gtk_main_iteration ();
4107 gtk_widget_show (widget);
4112 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4114 * Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be
4115 * hidden (invisible to the user).
4118 gtk_widget_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
4120 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4122 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
4124 GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
4126 g_object_ref (widget);
4127 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4129 if (toplevel != widget && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
4130 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
4132 /* a parent may now be expand=FALSE since we're hidden. */
4133 if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand ||
4134 widget->priv->computed_hexpand ||
4135 widget->priv->computed_vexpand)
4137 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
4140 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIDE], 0);
4141 if (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
4142 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
4143 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
4145 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4146 g_object_unref (widget);
4151 gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
4153 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
4155 widget->priv->visible = FALSE;
4157 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4158 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
4163 * gtk_widget_hide_on_delete:
4164 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4166 * Utility function; intended to be connected to the #GtkWidget::delete-event
4167 * signal on a #GtkWindow. The function calls gtk_widget_hide() on its
4168 * argument, then returns %TRUE. If connected to ::delete-event, the
4169 * result is that clicking the close button for a window (on the
4170 * window frame, top right corner usually) will hide but not destroy
4171 * the window. By default, GTK+ destroys windows when ::delete-event
4174 * Return value: %TRUE
4177 gtk_widget_hide_on_delete (GtkWidget *widget)
4179 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
4181 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
4187 * gtk_widget_show_all:
4188 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4190 * Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is
4194 gtk_widget_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
4196 GtkWidgetClass *class;
4198 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4200 if (gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (widget))
4203 class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
4205 if (class->show_all)
4206 class->show_all (widget);
4211 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4213 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
4214 * a widget to be mapped if it isn't already.
4217 gtk_widget_map (GtkWidget *widget)
4219 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4221 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4222 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget));
4223 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget));
4225 priv = widget->priv;
4227 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4229 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4231 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4232 gtk_widget_realize (widget);
4234 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[MAP], 0);
4236 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4237 gdk_window_invalidate_rect (priv->window, &priv->allocation, FALSE);
4239 if (widget->priv->context)
4240 _gtk_style_context_update_animating (widget->priv->context);
4242 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4248 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4250 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
4251 * a widget to be unmapped if it's currently mapped.
4254 gtk_widget_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
4256 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4258 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4260 priv = widget->priv;
4262 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4264 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4266 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4267 gdk_window_invalidate_rect (priv->window, &priv->allocation, FALSE);
4268 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
4270 if (widget->priv->context)
4271 _gtk_style_context_update_animating (widget->priv->context);
4273 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNMAP], 0);
4275 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4277 /* Unset pointer/window info */
4278 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window, NULL);
4283 _gtk_widget_enable_device_events (GtkWidget *widget)
4285 GHashTable *device_events;
4286 GHashTableIter iter;
4287 gpointer key, value;
4289 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
4294 g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, device_events);
4296 while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value))
4299 GdkEventMask event_mask;
4302 event_mask = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (value);
4303 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, device, event_mask);
4308 get_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget)
4310 GList *window_list, *last, *l, *children, *ret;
4312 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4313 window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
4315 window_list = gdk_window_peek_children (gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
4317 last = g_list_last (window_list);
4320 for (l = window_list; l; l = l->next)
4322 GtkWidget *window_widget = NULL;
4324 gdk_window_get_user_data (l->data, (gpointer *) &window_widget);
4326 if (widget != window_widget)
4329 ret = g_list_prepend (ret, l->data);
4330 children = gdk_window_peek_children (GDK_WINDOW (l->data));
4334 last = g_list_concat (last, children);
4335 last = g_list_last (last);
4339 g_list_free (window_list);
4345 device_enable_foreach (GtkWidget *widget,
4348 GdkDevice *device = user_data;
4349 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, TRUE);
4353 device_disable_foreach (GtkWidget *widget,
4356 GdkDevice *device = user_data;
4357 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, FALSE);
4361 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
4366 GList *window_list, *l;
4368 window_list = get_widget_windows (widget);
4370 for (l = window_list; l; l = l->next)
4372 GdkEventMask events = 0;
4378 events = gdk_window_get_events (window);
4380 gdk_window_set_device_events (window, device, events);
4383 if (recurse && GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
4386 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), device_enable_foreach, device);
4388 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), device_disable_foreach, device);
4391 g_list_free (window_list);
4395 gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
4398 GList *enabled_devices, *l;
4400 enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
4402 for (l = enabled_devices; l; l = l->next)
4403 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, GDK_DEVICE (l->data), recurse, TRUE);
4407 * gtk_widget_realize:
4408 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4410 * Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
4411 * widget. For example, @widget->window will be created when a widget
4412 * is realized. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show
4413 * a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be
4414 * realized and mapped automatically.
4416 * Realizing a widget requires all
4417 * the widget's parent widgets to be realized; calling
4418 * gtk_widget_realize() realizes the widget's parents in addition to
4419 * @widget itself. If a widget is not yet inside a toplevel window
4420 * when you realize it, bad things will happen.
4422 * This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and
4423 * isn't very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might
4424 * need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be
4425 * called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
4426 * #GtkWidget::draw. Or simply g_signal_connect () to the
4427 * #GtkWidget::realize signal.
4430 gtk_widget_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
4432 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4433 cairo_region_t *region;
4435 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4436 g_return_if_fail (widget->priv->anchored ||
4437 GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (widget));
4439 priv = widget->priv;
4441 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4443 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4446 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4447 g_message ("gtk_widget_realize(%s)", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
4450 if (priv->parent == NULL &&
4451 !gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
4452 g_warning ("Calling gtk_widget_realize() on a widget that isn't "
4453 "inside a toplevel window is not going to work very well. "
4454 "Widgets must be inside a toplevel container before realizing them.");
4456 if (priv->parent && !gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
4457 gtk_widget_realize (priv->parent);
4459 gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget);
4461 if (priv->style_update_pending)
4462 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED], 0);
4464 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[REALIZE], 0);
4466 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
4467 GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip)),
4470 if (priv->has_shape_mask)
4472 region = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info);
4473 gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
4476 region = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info);
4478 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
4480 if (priv->multidevice)
4481 gdk_window_set_support_multidevice (priv->window, TRUE);
4483 _gtk_widget_enable_device_events (widget);
4484 gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (widget, TRUE);
4486 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4491 * gtk_widget_unrealize:
4492 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4494 * This function is only useful in widget implementations.
4495 * Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources
4496 * associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).
4499 gtk_widget_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
4501 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4503 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4505 if (widget->priv->has_shape_mask)
4506 gtk_widget_shape_combine_region (widget, NULL);
4508 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info))
4509 gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (widget, NULL);
4511 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4513 g_object_ref (widget);
4515 if (widget->priv->mapped)
4516 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
4518 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNREALIZE], 0);
4519 g_assert (!widget->priv->mapped);
4520 gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, FALSE);
4522 g_object_unref (widget);
4525 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4528 /*****************************************
4530 *****************************************/
4533 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_region:
4534 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4535 * @region: region to draw
4537 * Invalidates the rectangular area of @widget defined by @region by
4538 * calling gdk_window_invalidate_region() on the widget's window and
4539 * all its child windows. Once the main loop becomes idle (after the
4540 * current batch of events has been processed, roughly), the window
4541 * will receive expose events for the union of all regions that have
4544 * Normally you would only use this function in widget
4545 * implementations. You might also use it to schedule a redraw of a
4546 * #GtkDrawingArea or some portion thereof.
4551 gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (GtkWidget *widget,
4552 const cairo_region_t *region)
4554 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4557 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4559 priv = widget->priv;
4561 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4564 /* Just return if the widget or one of its ancestors isn't mapped */
4565 for (w = widget; w != NULL; w = w->priv->parent)
4566 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (w))
4569 gdk_window_invalidate_region (priv->window, region, TRUE);
4573 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_area:
4574 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4575 * @x: x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
4576 * @y: y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
4577 * @width: width of region to draw
4578 * @height: height of region to draw
4580 * Convenience function that calls gtk_widget_queue_draw_region() on
4581 * the region created from the given coordinates.
4583 * The region here is specified in widget coordinates.
4584 * Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
4585 * defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
4586 * #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
4587 * @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets.
4590 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (GtkWidget *widget,
4597 cairo_region_t *region;
4599 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4604 rect.height = height;
4606 region = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
4607 gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (widget, region);
4608 cairo_region_destroy (region);
4612 * gtk_widget_queue_draw:
4613 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4615 * Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the
4616 * entire area of a widget.
4619 gtk_widget_queue_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
4623 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4625 gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &rect);
4627 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4628 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
4629 rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height);
4631 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
4632 0, 0, rect.width, rect.height);
4636 * gtk_widget_queue_resize:
4637 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4639 * This function is only for use in widget implementations.
4640 * Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated; should
4641 * be called when a widget for some reason has a new size request.
4642 * For example, when you change the text in a #GtkLabel, #GtkLabel
4643 * queues a resize to ensure there's enough space for the new text.
4645 * <note><para>You cannot call gtk_widget_queue_resize() on a widget
4646 * from inside its implementation of the GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate
4647 * virtual method. Calls to gtk_widget_queue_resize() from inside
4648 * GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate will be silently ignored.</para></note>
4651 gtk_widget_queue_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
4653 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4655 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4656 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
4658 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, 0);
4662 * gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw:
4663 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4665 * This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(),
4666 * except that the widget is not invalidated.
4671 gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw (GtkWidget *widget)
4673 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4675 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, 0);
4679 * gtk_widget_size_request:
4680 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4681 * @requisition: (out): a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
4683 * This function is typically used when implementing a #GtkContainer
4684 * subclass. Obtains the preferred size of a widget. The container
4685 * uses this information to arrange its child widgets and decide what
4686 * size allocations to give them with gtk_widget_size_allocate().
4688 * You can also call this function from an application, with some
4689 * caveats. Most notably, getting a size request requires the widget
4690 * to be associated with a screen, because font information may be
4691 * needed. Multihead-aware applications should keep this in mind.
4693 * Also remember that the size request is not necessarily the size
4694 * a widget will actually be allocated.
4696 * Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead.
4699 gtk_widget_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
4700 GtkRequisition *requisition)
4702 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4704 gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
4708 * gtk_widget_get_child_requisition:
4709 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4710 * @requisition: (out): a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
4712 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Obtains
4713 * @widget->requisition, unless someone has forced a particular
4714 * geometry on the widget (e.g. with gtk_widget_set_size_request()),
4715 * in which case it returns that geometry instead of the widget's
4718 * This function differs from gtk_widget_size_request() in that
4719 * it retrieves the last size request value from @widget->requisition,
4720 * while gtk_widget_size_request() actually calls the "size_request" method
4721 * on @widget to compute the size request and fill in @widget->requisition,
4722 * and only then returns @widget->requisition.
4724 * Because this function does not call the "size_request" method, it
4725 * can only be used when you know that @widget->requisition is
4726 * up-to-date, that is, gtk_widget_size_request() has been called
4727 * since the last time a resize was queued. In general, only container
4728 * implementations have this information; applications should use
4729 * gtk_widget_size_request().
4732 * Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead.
4735 gtk_widget_get_child_requisition (GtkWidget *widget,
4736 GtkRequisition *requisition)
4738 gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
4742 invalidate_predicate (GdkWindow *window,
4747 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
4749 return (user_data == data);
4752 /* Invalidate @region in widget->window and all children
4753 * of widget->window owned by widget. @region is in the
4754 * same coordinates as widget->allocation and will be
4755 * modified by this call.
4758 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
4759 cairo_region_t *region)
4761 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
4763 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4766 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) && priv->parent)
4770 gdk_window_get_position (priv->window, &x, &y);
4771 cairo_region_translate (region, -x, -y);
4774 gdk_window_invalidate_maybe_recurse (priv->window, region,
4775 invalidate_predicate, widget);
4779 * gtk_widget_size_allocate:
4780 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4781 * @allocation: position and size to be allocated to @widget
4783 * This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size
4784 * and position to their child widgets.
4786 * In this function, the allocation may be adjusted. It will be forced
4787 * to a 1x1 minimum size, and the adjust_size_allocation virtual
4788 * method on the child will be used to adjust the allocation. Standard
4789 * adjustments include removing the widget's margins, and applying the
4790 * widget's #GtkWidget:halign and #GtkWidget:valign properties.
4793 gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
4794 GtkAllocation *allocation)
4796 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4797 GdkRectangle real_allocation;
4798 GdkRectangle old_allocation;
4799 GdkRectangle adjusted_allocation;
4800 gboolean alloc_needed;
4801 gboolean size_changed;
4802 gboolean position_changed;
4803 gint natural_width, natural_height, dummy;
4804 gint min_width, min_height;
4806 priv = widget->priv;
4808 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4810 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4812 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
4813 if (gtk_get_debug_flags () & GTK_DEBUG_GEOMETRY)
4824 parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
4827 name = g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (G_OBJECT (widget)));
4828 g_print ("gtk_widget_size_allocate: %*s%s %d %d\n",
4829 2 * depth, " ", name,
4830 allocation->width, allocation->height);
4832 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
4834 alloc_needed = priv->alloc_needed;
4835 /* Preserve request/allocate ordering */
4836 priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
4838 old_allocation = priv->allocation;
4839 real_allocation = *allocation;
4841 adjusted_allocation = real_allocation;
4842 if (gtk_widget_get_request_mode (widget) == GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH)
4844 /* Go ahead and request the height for allocated width, note that the internals
4845 * of get_height_for_width will internally limit the for_size to natural size
4846 * when aligning implicitly.
4848 gtk_widget_get_preferred_width (widget, &min_width, &natural_width);
4849 gtk_widget_get_preferred_height_for_width (widget, real_allocation.width, &min_height, &natural_height);
4853 /* Go ahead and request the width for allocated height, note that the internals
4854 * of get_width_for_height will internally limit the for_size to natural size
4855 * when aligning implicitly.
4857 gtk_widget_get_preferred_height (widget, &min_height, &natural_height);
4858 gtk_widget_get_preferred_width_for_height (widget, real_allocation.height, &min_width, &natural_width);
4861 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
4862 if (gtk_get_debug_flags () & GTK_DEBUG_GEOMETRY)
4864 if ((min_width > real_allocation.width || min_height > real_allocation.height) &&
4865 !GTK_IS_SCROLLABLE (widget))
4866 g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to underallocate %s%s %s %p. "
4867 "Allocation is %dx%d, but minimum required size is %dx%d.",
4868 priv->parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (priv->parent) : "", priv->parent ? "'s child" : "toplevel",
4869 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
4870 real_allocation.width, real_allocation.height,
4871 min_width, min_height);
4874 /* Now that we have the right natural height and width, go ahead and remove any margins from the
4875 * allocated sizes and possibly limit them to the natural sizes */
4876 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->adjust_size_allocation (widget,
4877 GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL,
4880 &adjusted_allocation.x,
4881 &adjusted_allocation.width);
4882 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->adjust_size_allocation (widget,
4883 GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL,
4886 &adjusted_allocation.y,
4887 &adjusted_allocation.height);
4889 if (adjusted_allocation.x < real_allocation.x ||
4890 adjusted_allocation.y < real_allocation.y ||
4891 (adjusted_allocation.x + adjusted_allocation.width) >
4892 (real_allocation.x + real_allocation.width) ||
4893 (adjusted_allocation.y + adjusted_allocation.height >
4894 real_allocation.y + real_allocation.height))
4896 g_warning ("%s %p attempted to adjust its size allocation from %d,%d %dx%d to %d,%d %dx%d. adjust_size_allocation must keep allocation inside original bounds",
4897 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
4898 real_allocation.x, real_allocation.y, real_allocation.width, real_allocation.height,
4899 adjusted_allocation.x, adjusted_allocation.y, adjusted_allocation.width, adjusted_allocation.height);
4900 adjusted_allocation = real_allocation; /* veto it */
4904 real_allocation = adjusted_allocation;
4907 if (real_allocation.width < 0 || real_allocation.height < 0)
4909 g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to allocate widget with width %d and height %d",
4910 real_allocation.width,
4911 real_allocation.height);
4914 real_allocation.width = MAX (real_allocation.width, 1);
4915 real_allocation.height = MAX (real_allocation.height, 1);
4917 size_changed = (old_allocation.width != real_allocation.width ||
4918 old_allocation.height != real_allocation.height);
4919 position_changed = (old_allocation.x != real_allocation.x ||
4920 old_allocation.y != real_allocation.y);
4922 if (!alloc_needed && !size_changed && !position_changed)
4925 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE], 0, &real_allocation);
4927 /* Size allocation is god... after consulting god, no further requests or allocations are needed */
4928 priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
4930 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4932 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) && priv->redraw_on_alloc && position_changed)
4934 /* Invalidate union(old_allaction,priv->allocation) in priv->window
4936 cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->allocation);
4937 cairo_region_union_rectangle (invalidate, &old_allocation);
4939 gdk_window_invalidate_region (priv->window, invalidate, FALSE);
4940 cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
4945 if (priv->redraw_on_alloc)
4947 /* Invalidate union(old_allaction,priv->allocation) in priv->window and descendents owned by widget
4949 cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->allocation);
4950 cairo_region_union_rectangle (invalidate, &old_allocation);
4952 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, invalidate);
4953 cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
4958 if ((size_changed || position_changed) && priv->parent &&
4959 gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent) && _gtk_container_get_reallocate_redraws (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent)))
4961 cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->parent->priv->allocation);
4962 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (priv->parent, invalidate);
4963 cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
4967 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4971 * gtk_widget_common_ancestor:
4972 * @widget_a: a #GtkWidget
4973 * @widget_b: a #GtkWidget
4975 * Find the common ancestor of @widget_a and @widget_b that
4976 * is closest to the two widgets.
4978 * Return value: the closest common ancestor of @widget_a and
4979 * @widget_b or %NULL if @widget_a and @widget_b do not
4980 * share a common ancestor.
4983 gtk_widget_common_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget_a,
4984 GtkWidget *widget_b)
4986 GtkWidget *parent_a;
4987 GtkWidget *parent_b;
4991 parent_a = widget_a;
4992 while (parent_a->priv->parent)
4994 parent_a = parent_a->priv->parent;
4998 parent_b = widget_b;
4999 while (parent_b->priv->parent)
5001 parent_b = parent_b->priv->parent;
5005 if (parent_a != parent_b)
5008 while (depth_a > depth_b)
5010 widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
5014 while (depth_b > depth_a)
5016 widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
5020 while (widget_a != widget_b)
5022 widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
5023 widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
5030 * gtk_widget_translate_coordinates:
5031 * @src_widget: a #GtkWidget
5032 * @dest_widget: a #GtkWidget
5033 * @src_x: X position relative to @src_widget
5034 * @src_y: Y position relative to @src_widget
5035 * @dest_x: (out): location to store X position relative to @dest_widget
5036 * @dest_y: (out): location to store Y position relative to @dest_widget
5038 * Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget's allocation to coordinates
5039 * relative to @dest_widget's allocations. In order to perform this
5040 * operation, both widgets must be realized, and must share a common
5043 * Return value: %FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there
5044 * was no common ancestor. In this case, nothing is stored in
5045 * *@dest_x and *@dest_y. Otherwise %TRUE.
5048 gtk_widget_translate_coordinates (GtkWidget *src_widget,
5049 GtkWidget *dest_widget,
5055 GtkWidgetPrivate *src_priv = src_widget->priv;
5056 GtkWidgetPrivate *dest_priv = dest_widget->priv;
5057 GtkWidget *ancestor;
5059 GList *dest_list = NULL;
5061 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (src_widget), FALSE);
5062 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (dest_widget), FALSE);
5064 ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (src_widget, dest_widget);
5065 if (!ancestor || !gtk_widget_get_realized (src_widget) || !gtk_widget_get_realized (dest_widget))
5068 /* Translate from allocation relative to window relative */
5069 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (src_widget) && src_priv->parent)
5072 gdk_window_get_position (src_priv->window, &wx, &wy);
5074 src_x -= wx - src_priv->allocation.x;
5075 src_y -= wy - src_priv->allocation.y;
5079 src_x += src_priv->allocation.x;
5080 src_y += src_priv->allocation.y;
5083 /* Translate to the common ancestor */
5084 window = src_priv->window;
5085 while (window != ancestor->priv->window)
5089 gdk_window_coords_to_parent (window, src_x, src_y, &dx, &dy);
5094 window = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (window);
5096 if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
5101 window = dest_priv->window;
5102 while (window != ancestor->priv->window)
5104 dest_list = g_list_prepend (dest_list, window);
5106 window = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (window);
5108 if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
5110 g_list_free (dest_list);
5119 gdk_window_coords_from_parent (dest_list->data, src_x, src_y, &dx, &dy);
5124 dest_list = g_list_remove (dest_list, dest_list->data);
5127 /* Translate from window relative to allocation relative */
5128 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (dest_widget) && dest_priv->parent)
5131 gdk_window_get_position (dest_priv->window, &wx, &wy);
5133 src_x += wx - dest_priv->allocation.x;
5134 src_y += wy - dest_priv->allocation.y;
5138 src_x -= dest_priv->allocation.x;
5139 src_y -= dest_priv->allocation.y;
5151 gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
5152 GtkAllocation *allocation)
5154 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
5156 priv->allocation = *allocation;
5158 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) &&
5159 gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
5161 gdk_window_move_resize (priv->window,
5162 allocation->x, allocation->y,
5163 allocation->width, allocation->height);
5167 /* translate initial/final into start/end */
5169 effective_align (GtkAlign align,
5170 GtkTextDirection direction)
5174 case GTK_ALIGN_START:
5175 return direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL ? GTK_ALIGN_END : GTK_ALIGN_START;
5177 return direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL ? GTK_ALIGN_START : GTK_ALIGN_END;
5184 adjust_for_align (GtkAlign align,
5186 gint *allocated_pos,
5187 gint *allocated_size)
5191 case GTK_ALIGN_FILL:
5192 /* change nothing */
5194 case GTK_ALIGN_START:
5195 /* keep *allocated_pos where it is */
5196 *allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, *natural_size);
5199 if (*allocated_size > *natural_size)
5201 *allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - *natural_size);
5202 *allocated_size = *natural_size;
5205 case GTK_ALIGN_CENTER:
5206 if (*allocated_size > *natural_size)
5208 *allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - *natural_size) / 2;
5209 *allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, *natural_size);
5216 adjust_for_margin(gint start_margin,
5220 gint *allocated_pos,
5221 gint *allocated_size)
5223 *minimum_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
5224 *natural_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
5225 *allocated_pos += start_margin;
5226 *allocated_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
5230 gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
5231 GtkOrientation orientation,
5234 gint *allocated_pos,
5235 gint *allocated_size)
5237 const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
5239 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
5241 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
5243 adjust_for_margin (aux_info->margin.left,
5244 aux_info->margin.right,
5245 minimum_size, natural_size,
5246 allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5247 adjust_for_align (effective_align (aux_info->halign, gtk_widget_get_direction (widget)),
5248 natural_size, allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5252 adjust_for_margin (aux_info->margin.top,
5253 aux_info->margin.bottom,
5254 minimum_size, natural_size,
5255 allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5256 adjust_for_align (effective_align (aux_info->valign, GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE),
5257 natural_size, allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5262 gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
5265 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
5267 /* widgets must be onscreen for accels to take effect */
5268 return gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) &&
5269 gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget) &&
5270 gdk_window_is_viewable (priv->window);
5274 * gtk_widget_can_activate_accel:
5275 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5276 * @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
5278 * Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
5279 * identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
5280 * This is done by emitting the #GtkWidget::can-activate-accel
5281 * signal on @widget; if the signal isn't overridden by a
5282 * handler or in a derived widget, then the default check is
5283 * that the widget must be sensitive, and the widget and all
5284 * its ancestors mapped.
5286 * Return value: %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.
5291 gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
5294 gboolean can_activate = FALSE;
5295 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5296 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL], 0, signal_id, &can_activate);
5297 return can_activate;
5306 closure_accel_activate (GClosure *closure,
5307 GValue *return_value,
5308 guint n_param_values,
5309 const GValue *param_values,
5310 gpointer invocation_hint,
5311 gpointer marshal_data)
5313 AccelClosure *aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
5314 gboolean can_activate = gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id);
5317 g_signal_emit (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id, 0);
5319 /* whether accelerator was handled */
5320 g_value_set_boolean (return_value, can_activate);
5324 closures_destroy (gpointer data)
5326 GSList *slist, *closures = data;
5328 for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
5330 g_closure_invalidate (slist->data);
5331 g_closure_unref (slist->data);
5333 g_slist_free (closures);
5337 widget_new_accel_closure (GtkWidget *widget,
5340 AccelClosure *aclosure;
5341 GClosure *closure = NULL;
5342 GSList *slist, *closures;
5344 closures = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures);
5345 for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
5346 if (!gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
5348 /* reuse this closure */
5349 closure = slist->data;
5354 closure = g_closure_new_object (sizeof (AccelClosure), G_OBJECT (widget));
5355 closures = g_slist_prepend (closures, g_closure_ref (closure));
5356 g_closure_sink (closure);
5357 g_closure_set_marshal (closure, closure_accel_activate);
5359 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, closures, closures_destroy);
5361 aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
5362 g_assert (closure->data == widget);
5363 g_assert (closure->marshal == closure_accel_activate);
5364 aclosure->signal_id = signal_id;
5370 * gtk_widget_add_accelerator:
5371 * @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
5372 * @accel_signal: widget signal to emit on accelerator activation
5373 * @accel_group: accel group for this widget, added to its toplevel
5374 * @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
5375 * @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
5376 * @accel_flags: flag accelerators, e.g. %GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE
5378 * Installs an accelerator for this @widget in @accel_group that causes
5379 * @accel_signal to be emitted if the accelerator is activated.
5380 * The @accel_group needs to be added to the widget's toplevel via
5381 * gtk_window_add_accel_group(), and the signal must be of type %G_SIGNAL_ACTION.
5382 * Accelerators added through this function are not user changeable during
5383 * runtime. If you want to support accelerators that can be changed by the
5384 * user, use gtk_accel_map_add_entry() and gtk_widget_set_accel_path() or
5385 * gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.
5388 gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
5389 const gchar *accel_signal,
5390 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
5392 GdkModifierType accel_mods,
5393 GtkAccelFlags accel_flags)
5398 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5399 g_return_if_fail (accel_signal != NULL);
5400 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
5402 g_signal_query (g_signal_lookup (accel_signal, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)), &query);
5403 if (!query.signal_id ||
5404 !(query.signal_flags & G_SIGNAL_ACTION) ||
5405 query.return_type != G_TYPE_NONE ||
5408 /* hmm, should be elaborate enough */
5409 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget `%s' has no activatable signal \"%s\" without arguments",
5410 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), accel_signal);
5414 closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, query.signal_id);
5416 g_object_ref (widget);
5418 /* install the accelerator. since we don't map this onto an accel_path,
5419 * the accelerator will automatically be locked.
5421 gtk_accel_group_connect (accel_group,
5424 accel_flags | GTK_ACCEL_LOCKED,
5427 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
5429 g_object_unref (widget);
5433 * gtk_widget_remove_accelerator:
5434 * @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
5435 * @accel_group: accel group for this widget
5436 * @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
5437 * @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
5439 * Removes an accelerator from @widget, previously installed with
5440 * gtk_widget_add_accelerator().
5442 * Returns: whether an accelerator was installed and could be removed
5445 gtk_widget_remove_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
5446 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
5448 GdkModifierType accel_mods)
5450 GtkAccelGroupEntry *ag_entry;
5451 GList *slist, *clist;
5454 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5455 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group), FALSE);
5457 ag_entry = gtk_accel_group_query (accel_group, accel_key, accel_mods, &n);
5458 clist = gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (widget);
5459 for (slist = clist; slist; slist = slist->next)
5463 for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
5464 if (slist->data == (gpointer) ag_entry[i].closure)
5466 gboolean is_removed = gtk_accel_group_disconnect (accel_group, slist->data);
5468 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
5470 g_list_free (clist);
5475 g_list_free (clist);
5477 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": no accelerator (%u,%u) installed in accel group (%p) for %s (%p)",
5478 accel_key, accel_mods, accel_group,
5479 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
5485 * gtk_widget_list_accel_closures:
5486 * @widget: widget to list accelerator closures for
5488 * Lists the closures used by @widget for accelerator group connections
5489 * with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect().
5490 * The closures can be used to monitor accelerator changes on @widget,
5491 * by connecting to the @GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed signal of the
5492 * #GtkAccelGroup of a closure which can be found out with
5493 * gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().
5495 * Return value: (transfer container) (element-type GClosure):
5496 * a newly allocated #GList of closures
5499 gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (GtkWidget *widget)
5502 GList *clist = NULL;
5504 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
5506 for (slist = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures); slist; slist = slist->next)
5507 if (gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
5508 clist = g_list_prepend (clist, slist->data);
5514 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
5519 destroy_accel_path (gpointer data)
5521 AccelPath *apath = data;
5523 gtk_accel_group_disconnect (apath->accel_group, apath->closure);
5525 /* closures_destroy takes care of unrefing the closure */
5526 g_object_unref (apath->accel_group);
5528 g_slice_free (AccelPath, apath);
5533 * gtk_widget_set_accel_path:
5534 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5535 * @accel_path: (allow-none): path used to look up the accelerator
5536 * @accel_group: (allow-none): a #GtkAccelGroup.
5538 * Given an accelerator group, @accel_group, and an accelerator path,
5539 * @accel_path, sets up an accelerator in @accel_group so whenever the
5540 * key binding that is defined for @accel_path is pressed, @widget
5541 * will be activated. This removes any accelerators (for any
5542 * accelerator group) installed by previous calls to
5543 * gtk_widget_set_accel_path(). Associating accelerators with
5544 * paths allows them to be modified by the user and the modifications
5545 * to be saved for future use. (See gtk_accel_map_save().)
5547 * This function is a low level function that would most likely
5548 * be used by a menu creation system like #GtkUIManager. If you
5549 * use #GtkUIManager, setting up accelerator paths will be done
5552 * Even when you you aren't using #GtkUIManager, if you only want to
5553 * set up accelerators on menu items gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path()
5554 * provides a somewhat more convenient interface.
5556 * Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you
5557 * pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with
5558 * g_intern_static_string().
5561 gtk_widget_set_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
5562 const gchar *accel_path,
5563 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group)
5567 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5568 g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal != 0);
5572 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
5573 g_return_if_fail (_gtk_accel_path_is_valid (accel_path));
5575 gtk_accel_map_add_entry (accel_path, 0, 0);
5576 apath = g_slice_new (AccelPath);
5577 apath->accel_group = g_object_ref (accel_group);
5578 apath->path_quark = g_quark_from_string (accel_path);
5579 apath->closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal);
5584 /* also removes possible old settings */
5585 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, apath, destroy_accel_path);
5588 gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path (apath->accel_group, g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark), apath->closure);
5590 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
5594 _gtk_widget_get_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
5599 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
5601 apath = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path);
5603 *locked = apath ? gtk_accel_group_get_is_locked (apath->accel_group) : TRUE;
5604 return apath ? g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark) : NULL;
5608 * gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate:
5609 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5610 * @group_cycling: %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic
5612 * Emits the #GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal.
5614 * The default handler for this signal activates the @widget if
5615 * @group_cycling is %FALSE, and just grabs the focus if @group_cycling
5618 * Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
5621 gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
5622 gboolean group_cycling)
5626 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5628 group_cycling = group_cycling != FALSE;
5629 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
5632 g_signal_emit (widget,
5633 widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE],
5641 gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
5642 gboolean group_cycling)
5644 if (!group_cycling && GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
5645 gtk_widget_activate (widget);
5646 else if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
5647 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
5650 g_warning ("widget `%s' isn't suitable for mnemonic activation",
5651 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
5652 gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
5657 static const cairo_user_data_key_t event_key;
5660 _gtk_cairo_get_event (cairo_t *cr)
5662 g_return_val_if_fail (cr != NULL, NULL);
5664 return cairo_get_user_data (cr, &event_key);
5668 gtk_cairo_set_event (cairo_t *cr,
5669 GdkEventExpose *event)
5671 cairo_set_user_data (cr, &event_key, event, NULL);
5675 * gtk_cairo_should_draw_window:
5676 * @cr: a cairo context
5677 * @window: the window to check. @window may not be an input-only
5680 * This function is supposed to be called in #GtkWidget::draw
5681 * implementations for widgets that support multiple windows.
5682 * @cr must be untransformed from invoking of the draw function.
5683 * This function will return %TRUE if the contents of the given
5684 * @window are supposed to be drawn and %FALSE otherwise. Note
5685 * that when the drawing was not initiated by the windowing
5686 * system this function will return %TRUE for all windows, so
5687 * you need to draw the bottommost window first. Also, do not
5688 * use "else if" statements to check which window should be drawn.
5690 * Returns: %TRUE if @window should be drawn
5695 gtk_cairo_should_draw_window (cairo_t *cr,
5698 GdkEventExpose *event;
5700 g_return_val_if_fail (cr != NULL, FALSE);
5701 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_WINDOW (window), FALSE);
5703 event = _gtk_cairo_get_event (cr);
5705 return event == NULL ||
5706 event->window == window;
5710 gtk_widget_get_clip_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
5712 /* labels are not clipped, because clipping them would cause
5713 * mnemonics to not appear on characters that go beyond the
5715 * https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=648570
5717 if (GTK_IS_LABEL (widget))
5723 /* code shared by gtk_container_propagate_draw() and
5727 _gtk_widget_draw_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
5729 gboolean clip_to_size)
5731 if (!gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
5734 clip_to_size &= gtk_widget_get_clip_draw (widget);
5738 cairo_rectangle (cr,
5740 widget->priv->allocation.width,
5741 widget->priv->allocation.height);
5745 if (gdk_cairo_get_clip_rectangle (cr, NULL))
5749 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DRAW],
5753 if (cairo_status (cr) &&
5754 _gtk_cairo_get_event (cr))
5756 /* We check the event so we only warn about internal GTK calls.
5757 * Errors might come from PDF streams having write failures and
5758 * we don't want to spam stderr in that case.
5759 * We do want to catch errors from
5761 g_warning ("drawing failure for widget `%s': %s",
5762 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
5763 cairo_status_to_string (cairo_status (cr)));
5770 * @widget: the widget to draw. It must be drawable (see
5771 * gtk_widget_is_drawable()) and a size must have been allocated.
5772 * @cr: a cairo context to draw to
5774 * Draws @widget to @cr. The top left corner of the widget will be
5775 * drawn to the currently set origin point of @cr.
5777 * You should pass a cairo context as @cr argument that is in an
5778 * original state. Otherwise the resulting drawing is undefined. For
5779 * example changing the operator using cairo_set_operator() or the
5780 * line width using cairo_set_line_width() might have unwanted side
5782 * You may however change the context's transform matrix - like with
5783 * cairo_scale(), cairo_translate() or cairo_set_matrix() and clip
5784 * region with cairo_clip() prior to calling this function. Also, it
5785 * is fine to modify the context with cairo_save() and
5786 * cairo_push_group() prior to calling this function.
5788 * <note><para>Special purpose widgets may contain special code for
5789 * rendering to the screen and might appear differently on screen
5790 * and when rendered using gtk_widget_draw().</para></note>
5795 gtk_widget_draw (GtkWidget *widget,
5798 GdkEventExpose *tmp_event;
5800 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5801 g_return_if_fail (!widget->priv->alloc_needed);
5802 g_return_if_fail (cr != NULL);
5805 /* We have to reset the event here so that draw functions can call
5806 * gtk_widget_draw() on random other widgets and get the desired
5807 * effect: Drawing all contents, not just the current window.
5809 tmp_event = _gtk_cairo_get_event (cr);
5810 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, NULL);
5812 _gtk_widget_draw_internal (widget, cr, TRUE);
5814 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, tmp_event);
5819 gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5822 return gtk_bindings_activate_event (G_OBJECT (widget), event);
5826 gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5829 return gtk_bindings_activate_event (G_OBJECT (widget), event);
5833 gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5834 GdkEventFocus *event)
5836 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
5842 gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5843 GdkEventFocus *event)
5845 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
5851 gtk_widget_real_touch_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5852 GdkEventTouch *event)
5855 gboolean return_val;
5858 if (!event->emulating_pointer)
5861 if (event->type == GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN ||
5862 event->type == GDK_TOUCH_END)
5866 if (event->type == GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN)
5868 type = GDK_BUTTON_PRESS;
5869 signum = BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT;
5873 type = GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE;
5874 signum = BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT;
5876 bevent = gdk_event_new (type);
5877 bevent->any.window = g_object_ref (event->window);
5878 bevent->any.send_event = FALSE;
5879 bevent->button.time = event->time;
5880 bevent->button.state = event->state;
5881 bevent->button.button = 1;
5882 bevent->button.x_root = event->x_root;
5883 bevent->button.y_root = event->y_root;
5884 bevent->button.x = event->x;
5885 bevent->button.y = event->y;
5886 bevent->button.device = event->device;
5887 bevent->button.axes = g_memdup (event->axes,
5888 sizeof (gdouble) * gdk_device_get_n_axes (event->device));
5889 gdk_event_set_source_device (bevent, gdk_event_get_source_device ((GdkEvent*)event));
5891 else if (event->type == GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE)
5893 signum = MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
5894 bevent = gdk_event_new (GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY);
5895 bevent->any.window = g_object_ref (event->window);
5896 bevent->any.send_event = FALSE;
5897 bevent->motion.time = event->time;
5898 bevent->motion.state = event->state;
5899 bevent->motion.x_root = event->x_root;
5900 bevent->motion.y_root = event->y_root;
5901 bevent->motion.x = event->x;
5902 bevent->motion.y = event->y;
5903 bevent->motion.device = event->device;
5904 bevent->motion.is_hint = FALSE;
5905 bevent->motion.axes = g_memdup (event->axes,
5906 sizeof (gdouble) * gdk_device_get_n_axes (event->device));
5907 gdk_event_set_source_device (bevent, gdk_event_get_source_device ((GdkEvent*)event));
5912 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[signum], 0, bevent, &return_val);
5914 gdk_event_free (bevent);
5920 #define WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT(widget, event) \
5921 (event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE || gtk_widget_get_realized(widget))
5925 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5926 * @event: a #GdkEvent
5928 * Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
5929 * the event signals on a widget (those signals should never
5930 * be emitted without using this function to do so).
5931 * If you want to synthesize an event though, don't use this function;
5932 * instead, use gtk_main_do_event() so the event will behave as if
5933 * it were in the event queue. Don't synthesize expose events; instead,
5934 * use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() to invalidate a region of the
5937 * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
5938 * the event was handled)
5941 gtk_widget_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5944 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
5945 g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
5947 if (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE)
5949 g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
5950 "the same effect, call gdk_window_invalidate_rect/region(), "
5951 "followed by gdk_window_process_updates().");
5955 return gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
5959 _gtk_widget_set_captured_event_handler (GtkWidget *widget,
5960 GtkCapturedEventHandler callback)
5962 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget), "captured-event-handler", callback);
5966 _gtk_widget_captured_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5969 gboolean return_val = FALSE;
5970 GtkCapturedEventHandler handler;
5972 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
5973 g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
5975 if (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE)
5977 g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
5978 "the same effect, call gdk_window_invalidate_rect/region(), "
5979 "followed by gdk_window_process_updates().");
5983 if (!event_window_is_still_viewable (event))
5986 handler = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), "captured-event-handler");
5990 g_object_ref (widget);
5992 return_val = handler (widget, event);
5993 return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
5995 /* The widget that was originally to receive the event
5996 * handles motion hints, but the capturing widget might
5997 * not, so ensure we get further motion events.
6000 event->type == GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY &&
6001 event->motion.is_hint &&
6002 (gdk_window_get_events (event->any.window) &
6003 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK) != 0)
6004 gdk_event_request_motions (&event->motion);
6006 g_object_unref (widget);
6011 /* Returns TRUE if a translation should be done */
6013 _gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (GtkWidget *widget,
6018 GdkWindow *w, *widget_window;
6020 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6022 *x = -widget->priv->allocation.x;
6023 *y = -widget->priv->allocation.y;
6031 widget_window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
6033 for (w = window; w && w != widget_window; w = gdk_window_get_parent (w))
6036 gdk_window_get_position (w, &wx, &wy);
6053 * gtk_cairo_transform_to_window:
6054 * @cr: the cairo context to transform
6055 * @widget: the widget the context is currently centered for
6056 * @window: the window to transform the context to
6058 * Transforms the given cairo context @cr that from @widget-relative
6059 * coordinates to @window-relative coordinates.
6060 * If the @widget's window is not an ancestor of @window, no
6061 * modification will be applied.
6063 * This is the inverse to the transformation GTK applies when
6064 * preparing an expose event to be emitted with the #GtkWidget::draw
6065 * signal. It is intended to help porting multiwindow widgets from
6066 * GTK+ 2 to the rendering architecture of GTK+ 3.
6071 gtk_cairo_transform_to_window (cairo_t *cr,
6077 g_return_if_fail (cr != NULL);
6078 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6079 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
6081 if (_gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (widget, window, &x, &y))
6082 cairo_translate (cr, x, y);
6086 * gtk_widget_send_expose:
6087 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6088 * @event: a expose #GdkEvent
6090 * Very rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
6091 * an expose event on a widget. This function is not normally used
6092 * directly. The only time it is used is when propagating an expose
6093 * event to a child %NO_WINDOW widget, and that is normally done
6094 * using gtk_container_propagate_draw().
6096 * If you want to force an area of a window to be redrawn,
6097 * use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or gdk_window_invalidate_region().
6098 * To cause the redraw to be done immediately, follow that call
6099 * with a call to gdk_window_process_updates().
6101 * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
6102 * the event was handled)
6105 gtk_widget_send_expose (GtkWidget *widget,
6108 gboolean result = FALSE;
6113 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
6114 g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget), TRUE);
6115 g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL, TRUE);
6116 g_return_val_if_fail (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE, TRUE);
6118 cr = gdk_cairo_create (event->expose.window);
6119 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, &event->expose);
6121 gdk_cairo_region (cr, event->expose.region);
6124 do_clip = _gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (widget,
6125 event->expose.window,
6127 cairo_translate (cr, -x, -y);
6129 _gtk_widget_draw_internal (widget, cr, do_clip);
6131 /* unset here, so if someone keeps a reference to cr we
6132 * don't leak the window. */
6133 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, NULL);
6140 event_window_is_still_viewable (GdkEvent *event)
6142 /* Check that we think the event's window is viewable before
6143 * delivering the event, to prevent suprises. We do this here
6144 * at the last moment, since the event may have been queued
6145 * up behind other events, held over a recursive main loop, etc.
6147 switch (event->type)
6150 case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
6151 case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
6152 case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
6153 case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
6155 case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
6156 case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
6158 return event->any.window && gdk_window_is_viewable (event->any.window);
6161 /* The following events are the second half of paired events;
6162 * we always deliver them to deal with widgets that clean up
6163 * on the second half.
6165 case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
6166 case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
6167 case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
6168 case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
6172 /* Remaining events would make sense on an not-viewable window,
6173 * or don't have an associated window.
6180 gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
6183 gboolean return_val = FALSE;
6185 /* We check only once for is-still-visible; if someone
6186 * hides the window in on of the signals on the widget,
6187 * they are responsible for returning TRUE to terminate
6190 if (!event_window_is_still_viewable (event))
6193 g_object_ref (widget);
6195 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT], 0, event, &return_val);
6196 return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
6201 switch (event->type)
6207 case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
6208 case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
6209 case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
6210 signal_num = BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT;
6212 case GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN:
6213 case GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE:
6215 case GDK_TOUCH_CANCEL:
6216 signal_num = TOUCH_EVENT;
6219 signal_num = SCROLL_EVENT;
6221 case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
6222 signal_num = BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT;
6224 case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
6225 signal_num = MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6228 signal_num = DELETE_EVENT;
6231 signal_num = DESTROY_EVENT;
6232 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
6235 signal_num = KEY_PRESS_EVENT;
6237 case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
6238 signal_num = KEY_RELEASE_EVENT;
6240 case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
6241 signal_num = ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6243 case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
6244 signal_num = LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6246 case GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE:
6247 signal_num = event->focus_change.in ? FOCUS_IN_EVENT : FOCUS_OUT_EVENT;
6248 if (event->focus_change.in)
6249 _gtk_tooltip_focus_in (widget);
6251 _gtk_tooltip_focus_out (widget);
6254 signal_num = CONFIGURE_EVENT;
6257 signal_num = MAP_EVENT;
6260 signal_num = UNMAP_EVENT;
6262 case GDK_WINDOW_STATE:
6263 signal_num = WINDOW_STATE_EVENT;
6265 case GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY:
6266 signal_num = PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6268 case GDK_SELECTION_CLEAR:
6269 signal_num = SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT;
6271 case GDK_SELECTION_REQUEST:
6272 signal_num = SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT;
6274 case GDK_SELECTION_NOTIFY:
6275 signal_num = SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6277 case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
6278 signal_num = PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT;
6280 case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
6281 signal_num = PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT;
6283 case GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY:
6284 signal_num = VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6286 case GDK_GRAB_BROKEN:
6287 signal_num = GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT;
6290 signal_num = DAMAGE_EVENT;
6293 g_warning ("gtk_widget_event(): unhandled event type: %d", event->type);
6297 if (signal_num != -1)
6298 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[signal_num], 0, event, &return_val);
6300 if (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event))
6301 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER], 0, event);
6305 g_object_unref (widget);
6311 * gtk_widget_activate:
6312 * @widget: a #GtkWidget that's activatable
6314 * For widgets that can be "activated" (buttons, menu items, etc.)
6315 * this function activates them. Activation is what happens when you
6316 * press Enter on a widget during key navigation. If @widget isn't
6317 * activatable, the function returns %FALSE.
6319 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget was activatable
6322 gtk_widget_activate (GtkWidget *widget)
6324 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6326 if (WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
6328 /* FIXME: we should eventually check the signals signature here */
6329 g_signal_emit (widget, WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal, 0);
6338 gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (GtkWidget *widget,
6339 GdkWindow *new_window)
6341 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
6343 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6345 GList *children = gdk_window_get_children (priv->window);
6348 for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
6350 GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
6353 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
6354 while (child && child != widget)
6355 child = ((GtkWidget*) child)->priv->parent;
6358 gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
6361 g_list_free (children);
6366 GList *tmp_list, *children;
6368 parent = gdk_window_get_parent (priv->window);
6371 gdk_window_reparent (priv->window, new_window, 0, 0);
6374 children = gdk_window_get_children (parent);
6376 for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
6378 GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
6381 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
6383 if (child == widget)
6384 gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
6387 g_list_free (children);
6393 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (GtkWidget *widget,
6394 gpointer client_data)
6396 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
6398 g_assert (client_data != NULL);
6400 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6403 g_object_unref (priv->window);
6404 priv->window = (GdkWindow*) client_data;
6406 g_object_ref (priv->window);
6408 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
6409 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
6410 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child,
6416 * gtk_widget_reparent:
6417 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6418 * @new_parent: a #GtkContainer to move the widget into
6420 * Moves a widget from one #GtkContainer to another, handling reference
6421 * count issues to avoid destroying the widget.
6424 gtk_widget_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
6425 GtkWidget *new_parent)
6427 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
6429 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6430 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (new_parent));
6431 priv = widget->priv;
6432 g_return_if_fail (priv->parent != NULL);
6434 if (priv->parent != new_parent)
6436 /* First try to see if we can get away without unrealizing
6437 * the widget as we reparent it. if so we set a flag so
6438 * that gtk_widget_unparent doesn't unrealize widget
6440 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && gtk_widget_get_realized (new_parent))
6441 priv->in_reparent = TRUE;
6443 g_object_ref (widget);
6444 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), widget);
6445 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_parent), widget);
6446 g_object_unref (widget);
6448 if (priv->in_reparent)
6450 priv->in_reparent = FALSE;
6452 gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (widget, gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
6453 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (widget,
6454 gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
6457 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
6462 * gtk_widget_intersect:
6463 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6464 * @area: a rectangle
6465 * @intersection: rectangle to store intersection of @widget and @area
6467 * Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @area, storing
6468 * the intersection in @intersection, and returns %TRUE if there was
6469 * an intersection. @intersection may be %NULL if you're only
6470 * interested in whether there was an intersection.
6472 * Return value: %TRUE if there was an intersection
6475 gtk_widget_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
6476 const GdkRectangle *area,
6477 GdkRectangle *intersection)
6479 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
6484 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6485 g_return_val_if_fail (area != NULL, FALSE);
6487 priv = widget->priv;
6490 dest = intersection;
6494 return_val = gdk_rectangle_intersect (&priv->allocation, area, dest);
6496 if (return_val && intersection && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6498 intersection->x -= priv->allocation.x;
6499 intersection->y -= priv->allocation.y;
6506 * gtk_widget_region_intersect:
6507 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6508 * @region: a #cairo_region_t, in the same coordinate system as
6509 * @widget->allocation. That is, relative to @widget->window
6510 * for %NO_WINDOW widgets; relative to the parent window
6511 * of @widget->window for widgets with their own window.
6513 * Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @region, returning
6514 * the intersection. The result may be empty, use cairo_region_is_empty() to
6517 * Returns: A newly allocated region holding the intersection of @widget
6518 * and @region. The coordinates of the return value are relative to
6519 * @widget->window for %NO_WINDOW widgets, and relative to the parent
6520 * window of @widget->window for widgets with their own window.
6523 gtk_widget_region_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
6524 const cairo_region_t *region)
6527 cairo_region_t *dest;
6529 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
6530 g_return_val_if_fail (region != NULL, NULL);
6532 gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &rect);
6534 dest = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
6536 cairo_region_intersect (dest, region);
6542 * _gtk_widget_grab_notify:
6543 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6544 * @was_grabbed: whether a grab is now in effect
6546 * Emits the #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal on @widget.
6551 _gtk_widget_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
6552 gboolean was_grabbed)
6554 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY], 0, was_grabbed);
6558 * gtk_widget_grab_focus:
6559 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6561 * Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's
6562 * inside. @widget must be a focusable widget, such as a #GtkEntry;
6563 * something like #GtkFrame won't work.
6565 * More precisely, it must have the %GTK_CAN_FOCUS flag set. Use
6566 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus() to modify that flag.
6568 * The widget also needs to be realized and mapped. This is indicated by the
6569 * related signals. Grabbing the focus immediately after creating the widget
6570 * will likely fail and cause critical warnings.
6573 gtk_widget_grab_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6575 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6577 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
6580 g_object_ref (widget);
6581 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS], 0);
6582 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-focus");
6583 g_object_unref (widget);
6587 reset_focus_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
6590 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
6592 GtkContainer *container;
6594 container = GTK_CONTAINER (widget);
6595 gtk_container_set_focus_child (container, NULL);
6597 gtk_container_foreach (container,
6598 reset_focus_recurse,
6604 gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget)
6606 if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (focus_widget))
6608 GtkWidget *toplevel;
6611 /* clear the current focus setting, break if the current widget
6612 * is the focus widget's parent, since containers above that will
6613 * be set by the next loop.
6615 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (focus_widget);
6616 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel) && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6618 widget = gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
6620 if (widget == focus_widget)
6622 /* We call _gtk_window_internal_set_focus() here so that the
6623 * toplevel window can request the focus if necessary.
6624 * This is needed when the toplevel is a GtkPlug
6626 if (!gtk_widget_has_focus (widget))
6627 _gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), focus_widget);
6634 GtkWidget *common_ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (widget, focus_widget);
6636 if (widget != common_ancestor)
6638 while (widget->priv->parent && widget->priv->parent != common_ancestor)
6640 widget = widget->priv->parent;
6641 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), NULL);
6646 else if (toplevel != focus_widget)
6648 /* gtk_widget_grab_focus() operates on a tree without window...
6649 * actually, this is very questionable behaviour.
6652 gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (toplevel),
6653 reset_focus_recurse,
6657 /* now propagate the new focus up the widget tree and finally
6658 * set it on the window
6660 widget = focus_widget;
6661 while (widget->priv->parent)
6663 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->priv->parent), widget);
6664 widget = widget->priv->parent;
6666 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
6667 _gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (widget), focus_widget);
6672 gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
6675 gboolean keyboard_tip,
6676 GtkTooltip *tooltip)
6678 gchar *tooltip_markup;
6679 gboolean has_tooltip;
6681 tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
6682 has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip));
6684 if (has_tooltip && tooltip_markup)
6686 gtk_tooltip_set_markup (tooltip, tooltip_markup);
6694 gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
6695 GtkStateFlags old_state)
6697 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
6701 gtk_widget_real_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget)
6703 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
6705 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
6707 if (priv->style != NULL &&
6708 priv->style != gtk_widget_get_default_style ())
6710 /* Trigger ::style-set for old
6711 * widgets not listening to this
6713 g_signal_emit (widget,
6714 widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
6716 widget->priv->style);
6719 if (widget->priv->context)
6721 const GtkBitmask *changes = _gtk_style_context_get_changes (widget->priv->context);
6723 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) &&
6724 gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) &&
6725 !gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (widget))
6726 gtk_style_context_set_background (widget->priv->context,
6727 widget->priv->window);
6729 if (widget->priv->anchored)
6731 if (changes && _gtk_css_style_property_changes_affect_size (changes))
6732 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6734 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
6739 if (widget->priv->anchored)
6740 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6745 gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
6746 GtkWidgetHelpType help_type)
6748 if (help_type == GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP)
6750 _gtk_tooltip_toggle_keyboard_mode (widget);
6759 gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
6760 GtkDirectionType direction)
6762 if (!gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
6765 if (!gtk_widget_is_focus (widget))
6767 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
6775 gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
6776 GtkDirectionType direction)
6778 GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
6780 if (widget != toplevel && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6782 g_signal_emit (toplevel, widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS], 0,
6788 gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
6789 GtkDirectionType direction)
6791 gboolean cursor_only;
6795 case GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD:
6796 case GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD:
6803 g_object_get (gtk_widget_get_settings (widget),
6804 "gtk-keynav-cursor-only", &cursor_only,
6811 gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
6817 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus:
6818 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6819 * @can_focus: whether or not @widget can own the input focus.
6821 * Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus. See
6822 * gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input focus on a
6828 gtk_widget_set_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
6831 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6833 if (widget->priv->can_focus != can_focus)
6835 widget->priv->can_focus = can_focus;
6837 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6838 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-focus");
6843 * gtk_widget_get_can_focus:
6844 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6846 * Determines whether @widget can own the input focus. See
6847 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus().
6849 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise
6854 gtk_widget_get_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6856 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6858 return widget->priv->can_focus;
6862 * gtk_widget_has_focus:
6863 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6865 * Determines if the widget has the global input focus. See
6866 * gtk_widget_is_focus() for the difference between having the global
6867 * input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel.
6869 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.
6874 gtk_widget_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6876 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6878 return widget->priv->has_focus;
6882 * gtk_widget_has_visible_focus:
6883 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6885 * Determines if the widget should show a visible indication that
6886 * it has the global input focus. This is a convenience function for
6887 * use in ::draw handlers that takes into account whether focus
6888 * indication should currently be shown in the toplevel window of
6889 * @widget. See gtk_window_get_focus_visible() for more information
6890 * about focus indication.
6892 * To find out if the widget has the global input focus, use
6893 * gtk_widget_has_focus().
6895 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget should display a 'focus rectangle'
6900 gtk_widget_has_visible_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6902 gboolean draw_focus;
6904 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6906 if (widget->priv->has_focus)
6908 GtkWidget *toplevel;
6910 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
6912 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6913 draw_focus = gtk_window_get_focus_visible (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
6924 * gtk_widget_is_focus:
6925 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6927 * Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its
6928 * toplevel. (This does not mean that the %HAS_FOCUS flag is
6929 * necessarily set; %HAS_FOCUS will only be set if the
6930 * toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)
6932 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.
6935 gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6937 GtkWidget *toplevel;
6939 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6941 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
6943 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6944 return widget == gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
6950 * gtk_widget_set_can_default:
6951 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6952 * @can_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
6954 * Specifies whether @widget can be a default widget. See
6955 * gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
6961 gtk_widget_set_can_default (GtkWidget *widget,
6962 gboolean can_default)
6964 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6966 if (widget->priv->can_default != can_default)
6968 widget->priv->can_default = can_default;
6970 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6971 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-default");
6976 * gtk_widget_get_can_default:
6977 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6979 * Determines whether @widget can be a default widget. See
6980 * gtk_widget_set_can_default().
6982 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget can be a default widget, %FALSE otherwise
6987 gtk_widget_get_can_default (GtkWidget *widget)
6989 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6991 return widget->priv->can_default;
6995 * gtk_widget_has_default:
6996 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6998 * Determines whether @widget is the current default widget within its
6999 * toplevel. See gtk_widget_set_can_default().
7001 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is the current default widget within
7002 * its toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
7007 gtk_widget_has_default (GtkWidget *widget)
7009 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7011 return widget->priv->has_default;
7015 _gtk_widget_set_has_default (GtkWidget *widget,
7016 gboolean has_default)
7018 GtkStyleContext *context;
7020 widget->priv->has_default = has_default;
7022 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
7025 gtk_style_context_add_class (context, GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DEFAULT);
7027 gtk_style_context_remove_class (context, GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DEFAULT);
7031 * gtk_widget_grab_default:
7032 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7034 * Causes @widget to become the default widget. @widget must be able to be
7035 * a default widget; typically you would ensure this yourself
7036 * by calling gtk_widget_set_can_default() with a %TRUE value.
7037 * The default widget is activated when
7038 * the user presses Enter in a window. Default widgets must be
7039 * activatable, that is, gtk_widget_activate() should affect them. Note
7040 * that #GtkEntry widgets require the "activates-default" property
7041 * set to %TRUE before they activate the default widget when Enter
7042 * is pressed and the #GtkEntry is focused.
7045 gtk_widget_grab_default (GtkWidget *widget)
7049 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7050 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget));
7052 window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
7054 if (window && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
7055 gtk_window_set_default (GTK_WINDOW (window), widget);
7057 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget not within a GtkWindow");
7061 * gtk_widget_set_receives_default:
7062 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7063 * @receives_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
7065 * Specifies whether @widget will be treated as the default widget
7066 * within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
7069 * See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
7075 gtk_widget_set_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget,
7076 gboolean receives_default)
7078 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7080 if (widget->priv->receives_default != receives_default)
7082 widget->priv->receives_default = receives_default;
7084 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "receives-default");
7089 * gtk_widget_get_receives_default:
7090 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7092 * Determines whether @widget is alyways treated as default widget
7093 * withing its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
7096 * See gtk_widget_set_receives_default().
7098 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget acts as default widget when focussed,
7104 gtk_widget_get_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget)
7106 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7108 return widget->priv->receives_default;
7112 * gtk_widget_has_grab:
7113 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7115 * Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it
7116 * is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse).
7118 * See also gtk_grab_add().
7120 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack
7125 gtk_widget_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget)
7127 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7129 return widget->priv->has_grab;
7133 _gtk_widget_set_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget,
7136 widget->priv->has_grab = has_grab;
7140 * gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed:
7141 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7142 * @device: a #GdkDevice
7144 * Returns %TRUE if @device has been shadowed by a GTK+
7145 * device grab on another widget, so it would stop sending
7146 * events to @widget. This may be used in the
7147 * #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal to check for specific
7148 * devices. See gtk_device_grab_add().
7150 * Returns: %TRUE if there is an ongoing grab on @device
7151 * by another #GtkWidget than @widget.
7156 gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
7159 GtkWindowGroup *group;
7160 GtkWidget *grab_widget, *toplevel;
7162 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7163 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), FALSE);
7165 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
7168 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
7170 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
7171 group = gtk_window_get_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
7173 group = gtk_window_get_group (NULL);
7175 grab_widget = gtk_window_group_get_current_device_grab (group, device);
7177 /* Widget not inside the hierarchy of grab_widget */
7179 widget != grab_widget &&
7180 !gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab_widget))
7183 grab_widget = gtk_window_group_get_current_grab (group);
7184 if (grab_widget && widget != grab_widget &&
7185 !gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab_widget))
7192 * gtk_widget_set_name:
7193 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7194 * @name: name for the widget
7196 * Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a
7197 * CSS file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name
7198 * in the CSS file. See the documentation for the CSS syntax (on the
7199 * same page as the docs for #GtkStyleContext).
7201 * Note that the CSS syntax has certain special characters to delimit
7202 * and represent elements in a selector (period, #, >, *...),
7203 * so using these will make your widget impossible to match by name.
7204 * Any combination of alphanumeric symbols, dashes and underscores will
7208 gtk_widget_set_name (GtkWidget *widget,
7211 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7214 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7216 priv = widget->priv;
7218 new_name = g_strdup (name);
7219 g_free (priv->name);
7220 priv->name = new_name;
7222 _gtk_widget_invalidate_style_context (widget, GTK_CSS_CHANGE_NAME);
7224 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "name");
7228 * gtk_widget_get_name:
7229 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7231 * Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the
7232 * significance of widget names.
7234 * Return value: name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and
7235 * should not be modified or freed
7238 gtk_widget_get_name (GtkWidget *widget)
7240 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7242 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7244 priv = widget->priv;
7248 return G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget);
7252 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
7253 GtkStateFlags flags,
7256 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7258 priv = widget->priv;
7260 /* Handle insensitive first, since it is propagated
7261 * differently throughout the widget hierarchy.
7263 if ((priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (operation == STATE_CHANGE_UNSET))
7264 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, TRUE);
7265 else if (!(priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (operation != STATE_CHANGE_UNSET))
7266 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, FALSE);
7267 else if ((priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && !(flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (operation == STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE))
7268 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, TRUE);
7270 if (operation != STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE)
7271 flags &= ~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
7274 operation == STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE)
7279 data.operation = operation;
7281 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
7286 * gtk_widget_set_state_flags:
7287 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7288 * @flags: State flags to turn on
7289 * @clear: Whether to clear state before turning on @flags
7291 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns on flag
7292 * values in the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
7294 * It is worth mentioning that any other state than %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE,
7295 * will be propagated down to all non-internal children if @widget is a
7296 * #GtkContainer, while %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE itself will be propagated
7297 * down to all #GtkContainer children by different means than turning on the
7298 * state flag down the hierarchy, both gtk_widget_get_state_flags() and
7299 * gtk_widget_is_sensitive() will make use of these.
7304 gtk_widget_set_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
7305 GtkStateFlags flags,
7308 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7310 if ((!clear && (widget->priv->state_flags & flags) == flags) ||
7311 (clear && widget->priv->state_flags == flags))
7315 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE);
7317 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_SET);
7321 * gtk_widget_unset_state_flags:
7322 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7323 * @flags: State flags to turn off
7325 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns off flag
7326 * values for the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
7327 * See gtk_widget_set_state_flags().
7332 gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
7333 GtkStateFlags flags)
7335 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7337 if ((widget->priv->state_flags & flags) == 0)
7340 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_UNSET);
7344 * gtk_widget_get_state_flags:
7345 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7347 * Returns the widget state as a flag set. It is worth mentioning
7348 * that the effective %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE state will be
7349 * returned, that is, also based on parent insensitivity, even if
7350 * @widget itself is sensitive.
7352 * Returns: The state flags for widget
7357 gtk_widget_get_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget)
7359 GtkStateFlags flags;
7361 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
7363 flags = widget->priv->state_flags;
7365 if (gtk_widget_has_focus (widget))
7366 flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED;
7372 * gtk_widget_set_state:
7373 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7374 * @state: new state for @widget
7376 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Sets the state
7377 * of a widget (insensitive, prelighted, etc.) Usually you should set
7378 * the state using wrapper functions such as gtk_widget_set_sensitive().
7380 * Deprecated: 3.0. Use gtk_widget_set_state_flags() instead.
7383 gtk_widget_set_state (GtkWidget *widget,
7386 GtkStateFlags flags;
7388 if (state == gtk_widget_get_state (widget))
7393 case GTK_STATE_ACTIVE:
7394 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE;
7396 case GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT:
7397 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT;
7399 case GTK_STATE_SELECTED:
7400 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED;
7402 case GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE:
7403 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
7405 case GTK_STATE_INCONSISTENT:
7406 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT;
7408 case GTK_STATE_FOCUSED:
7409 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED;
7411 case GTK_STATE_NORMAL:
7417 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE);
7421 * gtk_widget_get_state:
7422 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7424 * Returns the widget's state. See gtk_widget_set_state().
7426 * Returns: the state of @widget.
7430 * Deprecated: 3.0. Use gtk_widget_get_state_flags() instead.
7433 gtk_widget_get_state (GtkWidget *widget)
7435 GtkStateFlags flags;
7437 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_STATE_NORMAL);
7439 flags = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
7441 if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE)
7442 return GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE;
7443 else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE)
7444 return GTK_STATE_ACTIVE;
7445 else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED)
7446 return GTK_STATE_SELECTED;
7447 else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT)
7448 return GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT;
7450 return GTK_STATE_NORMAL;
7454 * gtk_widget_set_visible:
7455 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7456 * @visible: whether the widget should be shown or not
7458 * Sets the visibility state of @widget. Note that setting this to
7459 * %TRUE doesn't mean the widget is actually viewable, see
7460 * gtk_widget_get_visible().
7462 * This function simply calls gtk_widget_show() or gtk_widget_hide()
7463 * but is nicer to use when the visibility of the widget depends on
7469 gtk_widget_set_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
7472 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7474 if (visible != gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
7477 gtk_widget_show (widget);
7479 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
7484 _gtk_widget_set_visible_flag (GtkWidget *widget,
7487 widget->priv->visible = visible;
7491 * gtk_widget_get_visible:
7492 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7494 * Determines whether the widget is visible. If you want to
7495 * take into account whether the widget's parent is also marked as
7496 * visible, use gtk_widget_is_visible() instead.
7498 * This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.
7500 * See gtk_widget_set_visible().
7502 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is visible
7507 gtk_widget_get_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
7509 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7511 return widget->priv->visible;
7515 * gtk_widget_is_visible:
7516 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7518 * Determines whether the widget and all its parents are marked as
7521 * This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.
7523 * See also gtk_widget_get_visible() and gtk_widget_set_visible()
7525 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget and all its parents are visible
7530 gtk_widget_is_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
7532 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7536 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
7541 widget = priv->parent;
7548 * gtk_widget_set_has_window:
7549 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7550 * @has_window: whether or not @widget has a window.
7552 * Specifies whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. Note that
7553 * all realized widgets have a non-%NULL "window" pointer
7554 * (gtk_widget_get_window() never returns a %NULL window when a widget
7555 * is realized), but for many of them it's actually the #GdkWindow of
7556 * one of its parent widgets. Widgets that do not create a %window for
7557 * themselves in #GtkWidget::realize must announce this by
7558 * calling this function with @has_window = %FALSE.
7560 * This function should only be called by widget implementations,
7561 * and they should call it in their init() function.
7566 gtk_widget_set_has_window (GtkWidget *widget,
7567 gboolean has_window)
7569 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7571 widget->priv->no_window = !has_window;
7575 * gtk_widget_get_has_window:
7576 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7578 * Determines whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. See
7579 * gtk_widget_set_has_window().
7581 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget has a window, %FALSE otherwise
7586 gtk_widget_get_has_window (GtkWidget *widget)
7588 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7590 return ! widget->priv->no_window;
7594 * gtk_widget_is_toplevel:
7595 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7597 * Determines whether @widget is a toplevel widget.
7599 * Currently only #GtkWindow and #GtkInvisible (and out-of-process
7600 * #GtkPlugs) are toplevel widgets. Toplevel widgets have no parent
7603 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is a toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
7608 gtk_widget_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
7610 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7612 return widget->priv->toplevel;
7616 _gtk_widget_set_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget,
7617 gboolean is_toplevel)
7619 widget->priv->toplevel = is_toplevel;
7623 * gtk_widget_is_drawable:
7624 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7626 * Determines whether @widget can be drawn to. A widget can be drawn
7627 * to if it is mapped and visible.
7629 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise
7634 gtk_widget_is_drawable (GtkWidget *widget)
7636 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7638 return (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
7639 gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget));
7643 * gtk_widget_get_realized:
7644 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7646 * Determines whether @widget is realized.
7648 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is realized, %FALSE otherwise
7653 gtk_widget_get_realized (GtkWidget *widget)
7655 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7657 return widget->priv->realized;
7661 * gtk_widget_set_realized:
7662 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7663 * @realized: %TRUE to mark the widget as realized
7665 * Marks the widget as being realized.
7667 * This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
7668 * "realize" or "unrealize" implementation.
7673 gtk_widget_set_realized (GtkWidget *widget,
7676 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7678 widget->priv->realized = realized;
7682 * gtk_widget_get_mapped:
7683 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7685 * Whether the widget is mapped.
7687 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped, %FALSE otherwise.
7692 gtk_widget_get_mapped (GtkWidget *widget)
7694 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7696 return widget->priv->mapped;
7700 * gtk_widget_set_mapped:
7701 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7702 * @mapped: %TRUE to mark the widget as mapped
7704 * Marks the widget as being realized.
7706 * This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
7707 * "map" or "unmap" implementation.
7712 gtk_widget_set_mapped (GtkWidget *widget,
7715 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7717 widget->priv->mapped = mapped;
7721 * gtk_widget_set_app_paintable:
7722 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7723 * @app_paintable: %TRUE if the application will paint on the widget
7725 * Sets whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
7726 * an #GtkWidget::draw handler.
7728 * This is a hint to the widget and does not affect the behavior of
7729 * the GTK+ core; many widgets ignore this flag entirely. For widgets
7730 * that do pay attention to the flag, such as #GtkEventBox and #GtkWindow,
7731 * the effect is to suppress default themed drawing of the widget's
7732 * background. (Children of the widget will still be drawn.) The application
7733 * is then entirely responsible for drawing the widget background.
7735 * Note that the background is still drawn when the widget is mapped.
7738 gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget,
7739 gboolean app_paintable)
7741 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7743 app_paintable = (app_paintable != FALSE);
7745 if (widget->priv->app_paintable != app_paintable)
7747 widget->priv->app_paintable = app_paintable;
7749 if (gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
7750 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
7752 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "app-paintable");
7757 * gtk_widget_get_app_paintable:
7758 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7760 * Determines whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
7761 * an #GtkWidget::draw handler.
7763 * See gtk_widget_set_app_paintable()
7765 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is app paintable
7770 gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget)
7772 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7774 return widget->priv->app_paintable;
7778 * gtk_widget_set_double_buffered:
7779 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7780 * @double_buffered: %TRUE to double-buffer a widget
7782 * Widgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function
7783 * to turn off the buffering. "Double buffered" simply means that
7784 * gdk_window_begin_paint_region() and gdk_window_end_paint() are called
7785 * automatically around expose events sent to the
7786 * widget. gdk_window_begin_paint_region() diverts all drawing to a widget's
7787 * window to an offscreen buffer, and gdk_window_end_paint() draws the
7788 * buffer to the screen. The result is that users see the window
7789 * update in one smooth step, and don't see individual graphics
7790 * primitives being rendered.
7792 * In very simple terms, double buffered widgets don't flicker,
7793 * so you would only use this function to turn off double buffering
7794 * if you had special needs and really knew what you were doing.
7796 * Note: if you turn off double-buffering, you have to handle
7797 * expose events, since even the clearing to the background color or
7798 * pixmap will not happen automatically (as it is done in
7799 * gdk_window_begin_paint_region()).
7802 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget,
7803 gboolean double_buffered)
7805 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7807 double_buffered = (double_buffered != FALSE);
7809 if (widget->priv->double_buffered != double_buffered)
7811 widget->priv->double_buffered = double_buffered;
7813 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "double-buffered");
7818 * gtk_widget_get_double_buffered:
7819 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7821 * Determines whether the widget is double buffered.
7823 * See gtk_widget_set_double_buffered()
7825 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is double buffered
7830 gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget)
7832 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7834 return widget->priv->double_buffered;
7838 * gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate:
7839 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7840 * @redraw_on_allocate: if %TRUE, the entire widget will be redrawn
7841 * when it is allocated to a new size. Otherwise, only the
7842 * new portion of the widget will be redrawn.
7844 * Sets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size
7845 * allocation changes. By default, this setting is %TRUE and
7846 * the entire widget is redrawn on every size change. If your widget
7847 * leaves the upper left unchanged when made bigger, turning this
7848 * setting off will improve performance.
7850 * Note that for %NO_WINDOW widgets setting this flag to %FALSE turns
7851 * off all allocation on resizing: the widget will not even redraw if
7852 * its position changes; this is to allow containers that don't draw
7853 * anything to avoid excess invalidations. If you set this flag on a
7854 * %NO_WINDOW widget that <emphasis>does</emphasis> draw on @widget->window,
7855 * you are responsible for invalidating both the old and new allocation
7856 * of the widget when the widget is moved and responsible for invalidating
7857 * regions newly when the widget increases size.
7860 gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
7861 gboolean redraw_on_allocate)
7863 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7865 widget->priv->redraw_on_alloc = redraw_on_allocate;
7869 * gtk_widget_set_sensitive:
7870 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7871 * @sensitive: %TRUE to make the widget sensitive
7873 * Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user
7874 * can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are "grayed out" and the
7875 * user can't interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
7876 * "inactive", "disabled", or "ghosted" in some other toolkits.
7879 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget,
7882 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7884 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7886 priv = widget->priv;
7888 sensitive = (sensitive != FALSE);
7890 if (priv->sensitive == sensitive)
7893 priv->sensitive = sensitive;
7895 if (priv->parent == NULL
7896 || gtk_widget_is_sensitive (priv->parent))
7900 data.flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
7903 data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_UNSET;
7905 data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_SET;
7907 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
7909 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
7912 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "sensitive");
7916 * gtk_widget_get_sensitive:
7917 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7919 * Returns the widget's sensitivity (in the sense of returning
7920 * the value that has been set using gtk_widget_set_sensitive()).
7922 * The effective sensitivity of a widget is however determined by both its
7923 * own and its parent widget's sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive().
7925 * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is sensitive
7930 gtk_widget_get_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
7932 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7934 return widget->priv->sensitive;
7938 * gtk_widget_is_sensitive:
7939 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7941 * Returns the widget's effective sensitivity, which means
7942 * it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensitive
7944 * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive
7949 gtk_widget_is_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
7951 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7953 return !(widget->priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
7957 * gtk_widget_set_parent:
7958 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7959 * @parent: parent container
7961 * This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of
7963 * Sets the container as the parent of @widget, and takes care of
7964 * some details such as updating the state and style of the child
7965 * to reflect its new location. The opposite function is
7966 * gtk_widget_unparent().
7969 gtk_widget_set_parent (GtkWidget *widget,
7972 GtkStateFlags parent_flags;
7973 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7976 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7977 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
7978 g_return_if_fail (widget != parent);
7980 priv = widget->priv;
7982 if (priv->parent != NULL)
7984 g_warning ("Can't set a parent on widget which has a parent\n");
7987 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
7989 g_warning ("Can't set a parent on a toplevel widget\n");
7993 /* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_attach_to_widget()
7996 g_object_ref_sink (widget);
7998 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
8000 priv->parent = parent;
8002 parent_flags = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (parent);
8004 /* Merge both old state and current parent state,
8005 * making sure to only propagate the right states */
8006 data.flags = parent_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE;
8007 data.flags |= priv->state_flags;
8009 data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE;
8010 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
8013 gtk_style_context_set_parent (priv->context,
8014 gtk_widget_get_style_context (parent));
8016 _gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
8018 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, NULL);
8019 if (priv->parent->priv->anchored)
8020 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, NULL);
8021 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
8023 /* Enforce realized/mapped invariants
8025 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
8026 gtk_widget_realize (widget);
8028 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (priv->parent) &&
8029 gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
8031 if (gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
8032 gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent))
8033 gtk_widget_map (widget);
8035 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
8038 /* child may cause parent's expand to change, if the child is
8039 * expanded. If child is not expanded, then it can't modify the
8040 * parent's expand. If the child becomes expanded later then it will
8041 * queue compute_expand then. This optimization plus defaulting
8042 * newly-constructed widgets to need_compute_expand=FALSE should
8043 * mean that initially building a widget tree doesn't have to keep
8044 * walking up setting need_compute_expand on parents over and over.
8046 * We can't change a parent to need to expand unless we're visible.
8048 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
8049 (priv->need_compute_expand ||
8050 priv->computed_hexpand ||
8051 priv->computed_vexpand))
8053 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (parent);
8056 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
8060 * gtk_widget_get_parent:
8061 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8063 * Returns the parent container of @widget.
8065 * Return value: (transfer none): the parent container of @widget, or %NULL
8068 gtk_widget_get_parent (GtkWidget *widget)
8070 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8072 return widget->priv->parent;
8076 modifier_style_changed (GtkModifierStyle *style,
8079 _gtk_widget_invalidate_style_context (widget, GTK_CSS_CHANGE_ANY);
8082 static GtkModifierStyle *
8083 _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (GtkWidget *widget)
8085 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8087 style = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_modifier_style);
8089 if (G_UNLIKELY (!style))
8091 GtkStyleContext *context;
8093 style = _gtk_modifier_style_new ();
8094 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
8095 quark_modifier_style,
8097 (GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
8099 g_signal_connect (style, "changed",
8100 G_CALLBACK (modifier_style_changed), widget);
8102 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
8104 gtk_style_context_add_provider (context,
8105 GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER (style),
8106 GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION);
8113 * gtk_widget_override_color:
8114 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8115 * @state: the state for which to set the color
8116 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect
8117 * of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_color()
8119 * Sets the color to use for a widget.
8121 * All other style values are left untouched.
8124 * This API is mostly meant as a quick way for applications to
8125 * change a widget appearance. If you are developing a widgets
8126 * library and intend this change to be themeable, it is better
8127 * done by setting meaningful CSS classes and regions in your
8128 * widget/container implementation through gtk_style_context_add_class()
8129 * and gtk_style_context_add_region().
8131 * This way, your widget library can install a #GtkCssProvider
8132 * with the %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_FALLBACK priority in order
8133 * to provide a default styling for those widgets that need so, and
8134 * this theming may fully overridden by the user's theme.
8137 * Note that for complex widgets this may bring in undesired
8138 * results (such as uniform background color everywhere), in
8139 * these cases it is better to fully style such widgets through a
8140 * #GtkCssProvider with the %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION
8147 gtk_widget_override_color (GtkWidget *widget,
8148 GtkStateFlags state,
8149 const GdkRGBA *color)
8151 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8153 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8155 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8156 _gtk_modifier_style_set_color (style, state, color);
8160 * gtk_widget_override_background_color:
8161 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8162 * @state: the state for which to set the background color
8163 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect
8164 * of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_background_color()
8166 * Sets the background color to use for a widget.
8168 * All other style values are left untouched.
8169 * See gtk_widget_override_color().
8174 gtk_widget_override_background_color (GtkWidget *widget,
8175 GtkStateFlags state,
8176 const GdkRGBA *color)
8178 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8180 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8182 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8183 _gtk_modifier_style_set_background_color (style, state, color);
8187 * gtk_widget_override_font:
8188 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8189 * @font_desc: (allow-none): the font descriptiong to use, or %NULL to undo
8190 * the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_font()
8192 * Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are
8193 * left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color().
8198 gtk_widget_override_font (GtkWidget *widget,
8199 const PangoFontDescription *font_desc)
8201 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8203 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8205 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8206 _gtk_modifier_style_set_font (style, font_desc);
8210 * gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color:
8211 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8212 * @name: the name of the symbolic color to modify
8213 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need
8214 * to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
8215 * calls to gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color()
8217 * Sets a symbolic color for a widget.
8219 * All other style values are left untouched.
8220 * See gtk_widget_override_color() for overriding the foreground
8221 * or background color.
8226 gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color (GtkWidget *widget,
8228 const GdkRGBA *color)
8230 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8232 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8234 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8235 _gtk_modifier_style_map_color (style, name, color);
8239 * gtk_widget_override_cursor:
8240 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8241 * @cursor: (allow-none): the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be
8242 * allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
8243 * of gtk_widget_override_cursor().
8244 * @secondary_cursor: (allow-none): the color to use for secondary cursor (does not
8245 * need to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
8246 * calls to of gtk_widget_override_cursor().
8248 * Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the
8249 * #GtkWidget:cursor-color and #GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color
8250 * style properties. All other style values are left untouched.
8251 * See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
8253 * Note that the underlying properties have the #GdkColor type,
8254 * so the alpha value in @primary and @secondary will be ignored.
8259 gtk_widget_override_cursor (GtkWidget *widget,
8260 const GdkRGBA *cursor,
8261 const GdkRGBA *secondary_cursor)
8263 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8265 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8267 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8268 _gtk_modifier_style_set_color_property (style,
8270 "cursor-color", cursor);
8271 _gtk_modifier_style_set_color_property (style,
8273 "secondary-cursor-color",
8278 gtk_widget_real_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8279 GtkTextDirection previous_direction)
8281 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
8285 gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
8286 GtkStyle *previous_style)
8291 GtkWidget *previous_toplevel;
8292 GdkScreen *previous_screen;
8293 GdkScreen *new_screen;
8294 } HierarchyChangedInfo;
8297 do_screen_change (GtkWidget *widget,
8298 GdkScreen *old_screen,
8299 GdkScreen *new_screen)
8301 if (old_screen != new_screen)
8303 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
8307 PangoContext *context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
8309 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context, NULL);
8312 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
8314 if (new_screen && priv->context)
8315 gtk_style_context_set_screen (priv->context, new_screen);
8317 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED], 0, old_screen);
8322 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
8323 gpointer client_data)
8325 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
8326 HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
8327 gboolean new_anchored = gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
8328 (priv->parent && priv->parent->priv->anchored);
8330 if (priv->anchored != new_anchored)
8332 g_object_ref (widget);
8334 priv->anchored = new_anchored;
8336 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED], 0, info->previous_toplevel);
8337 do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
8339 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8340 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8341 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse,
8344 g_object_unref (widget);
8349 * _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed:
8350 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8351 * @previous_toplevel: Previous toplevel
8353 * Propagates changes in the anchored state to a widget and all
8354 * children, unsetting or setting the %ANCHORED flag, and
8355 * emitting #GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed.
8358 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8359 GtkWidget *previous_toplevel)
8361 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
8362 HierarchyChangedInfo info;
8364 info.previous_toplevel = previous_toplevel;
8365 info.previous_screen = previous_toplevel ? gtk_widget_get_screen (previous_toplevel) : NULL;
8367 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
8368 (priv->parent && priv->parent->priv->anchored))
8369 info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
8371 info.new_screen = NULL;
8373 if (info.previous_screen)
8374 g_object_ref (info.previous_screen);
8375 if (previous_toplevel)
8376 g_object_ref (previous_toplevel);
8378 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
8380 if (previous_toplevel)
8381 g_object_unref (previous_toplevel);
8382 if (info.previous_screen)
8383 g_object_unref (info.previous_screen);
8387 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
8388 gpointer client_data)
8390 HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
8392 g_object_ref (widget);
8394 do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
8396 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8397 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8398 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse,
8401 g_object_unref (widget);
8405 * gtk_widget_is_composited:
8406 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8408 * Whether @widget can rely on having its alpha channel
8409 * drawn correctly. On X11 this function returns whether a
8410 * compositing manager is running for @widget's screen.
8412 * Please note that the semantics of this call will change
8413 * in the future if used on a widget that has a composited
8414 * window in its hierarchy (as set by gdk_window_set_composited()).
8416 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget can rely on its alpha
8417 * channel being drawn correctly.
8422 gtk_widget_is_composited (GtkWidget *widget)
8426 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
8428 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
8430 return gdk_screen_is_composited (screen);
8434 propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8437 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8439 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8440 propagate_composited_changed,
8444 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED], 0);
8448 _gtk_widget_propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget)
8450 propagate_composited_changed (widget, NULL);
8454 * _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed:
8455 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8456 * @previous_screen: Previous screen
8458 * Propagates changes in the screen for a widget to all
8459 * children, emitting #GtkWidget::screen-changed.
8462 _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8463 GdkScreen *previous_screen)
8465 HierarchyChangedInfo info;
8467 info.previous_screen = previous_screen;
8468 info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
8470 if (previous_screen)
8471 g_object_ref (previous_screen);
8473 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
8475 if (previous_screen)
8476 g_object_unref (previous_screen);
8480 reset_style_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
8482 _gtk_widget_invalidate_style_context (widget, GTK_CSS_CHANGE_ANY);
8484 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8485 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8486 reset_style_recurse,
8491 * gtk_widget_reset_style:
8492 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8494 * Updates the style context of @widget and all descendents
8495 * by updating its widget path. #GtkContainer<!-- -->s may want
8496 * to use this on a child when reordering it in a way that a different
8497 * style might apply to it. See also gtk_container_get_path_for_child().
8502 gtk_widget_reset_style (GtkWidget *widget)
8504 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8506 reset_style_recurse (widget, NULL);
8508 g_list_foreach (widget->priv->attached_windows,
8509 (GFunc) reset_style_recurse, NULL);
8512 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
8514 /* Verify invariants, see docs/widget_system.txt for notes on much of
8515 * this. Invariants may be temporarily broken while we're in the
8516 * process of updating state, of course, so you can only
8517 * verify_invariants() after a given operation is complete.
8518 * Use push/pop_verify_invariants to help with that.
8521 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
8525 if (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0)
8528 parent = widget->priv->parent;
8530 if (widget->priv->mapped)
8532 /* Mapped implies ... */
8534 if (!widget->priv->realized)
8535 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not realized",
8536 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8538 if (!widget->priv->visible)
8539 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not visible",
8540 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8542 if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
8544 if (!widget->priv->child_visible)
8545 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not child_visible",
8546 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8551 /* Not mapped implies... */
8554 /* This check makes sense for normal toplevels, but for
8555 * something like a toplevel that is embedded within a clutter
8556 * state, mapping may depend on external factors.
8558 if (widget->priv->toplevel)
8560 if (widget->priv->visible)
8561 g_warning ("%s %p toplevel is visible but not mapped",
8562 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8567 /* Parent related checks aren't possible if parent has
8568 * verifying_invariants_count > 0 because parent needs to recurse
8569 * children first before the invariants will hold.
8571 if (parent == NULL || parent->priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
8574 parent->priv->realized)
8576 /* Parent realized implies... */
8579 /* This is in widget_system.txt but appears to fail
8580 * because there's no gtk_container_realize() that
8581 * realizes all children... instead we just lazily
8582 * wait for map to fix things up.
8584 if (!widget->priv->realized)
8585 g_warning ("%s %p is realized but child %s %p is not realized",
8586 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent), parent,
8587 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8590 else if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
8592 /* No parent or parent not realized on non-toplevel implies... */
8594 if (widget->priv->realized && !widget->priv->in_reparent)
8595 g_warning ("%s %p is not realized but child %s %p is realized",
8596 parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent) : "no parent", parent,
8597 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8601 parent->priv->mapped &&
8602 widget->priv->visible &&
8603 widget->priv->child_visible)
8605 /* Parent mapped and we are visible implies... */
8607 if (!widget->priv->mapped)
8608 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible child %s %p is not mapped",
8609 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent), parent,
8610 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8612 else if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
8614 /* No parent or parent not mapped on non-toplevel implies... */
8616 if (widget->priv->mapped && !widget->priv->in_reparent)
8617 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible=%d child_visible=%d parent %s %p mapped=%d",
8618 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
8619 widget->priv->visible,
8620 widget->priv->child_visible,
8621 parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent) : "no parent", parent,
8622 parent ? parent->priv->mapped : FALSE);
8626 if (!widget->priv->realized)
8628 /* Not realized implies... */
8631 /* widget_system.txt says these hold, but they don't. */
8632 if (widget->priv->alloc_needed)
8633 g_warning ("%s %p alloc needed but not realized",
8634 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8636 if (widget->priv->width_request_needed)
8637 g_warning ("%s %p width request needed but not realized",
8638 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8640 if (widget->priv->height_request_needed)
8641 g_warning ("%s %p height request needed but not realized",
8642 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8647 /* The point of this push/pop is that invariants may not hold while
8648 * we're busy making changes. So we only check at the outermost call
8649 * on the call stack, after we finish updating everything.
8652 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
8654 widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count += 1;
8658 gtk_widget_verify_child_invariants (GtkWidget *widget,
8659 gpointer client_data)
8661 /* We don't recurse further; this is a one-level check. */
8662 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
8666 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
8668 g_assert (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0);
8670 widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count -= 1;
8672 if (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
8674 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
8676 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8678 /* Check one level of children, because our
8679 * push_verify_invariants() will have prevented some of the
8680 * checks. This does not recurse because if recursion is
8681 * needed, it will happen naturally as each child has a
8682 * push/pop on that child. For example if we're recursively
8683 * mapping children, we'll push/pop on each child as we map
8686 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8687 gtk_widget_verify_child_invariants,
8692 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
8694 static PangoContext *
8695 gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8697 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
8701 * gtk_widget_get_pango_context:
8702 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8704 * Gets a #PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description,
8705 * and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned
8706 * by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by
8707 * the widget (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes
8708 * or the widget is removed from its toplevel), and will be updated to
8709 * match any changes to the widget's attributes. This can be tracked
8710 * by using the #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal on the widget.
8712 * Return value: (transfer none): the #PangoContext for the widget.
8715 gtk_widget_get_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8717 PangoContext *context;
8719 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8721 context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
8724 context = gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GTK_WIDGET (widget));
8725 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
8726 quark_pango_context,
8735 update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget,
8736 PangoContext *context)
8738 PangoFontDescription *font_desc;
8739 GtkStyleContext *style_context;
8741 style_context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
8742 gtk_style_context_get (style_context,
8743 gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget),
8747 pango_context_set_font_description (context, font_desc);
8748 pango_context_set_base_dir (context,
8749 gtk_widget_get_direction (widget) == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR ?
8750 PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR : PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL);
8752 pango_font_description_free (font_desc);
8756 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8758 PangoContext *context = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget);
8764 update_pango_context (widget, context);
8766 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
8769 pango_cairo_context_set_resolution (context,
8770 gdk_screen_get_resolution (screen));
8771 pango_cairo_context_set_font_options (context,
8772 gdk_screen_get_font_options (screen));
8778 * gtk_widget_create_pango_context:
8779 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8781 * Creates a new #PangoContext with the appropriate font map,
8782 * font description, and base direction for drawing text for
8783 * this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context().
8785 * Return value: (transfer full): the new #PangoContext
8788 gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8791 PangoContext *context;
8793 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8795 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
8798 GTK_NOTE (MULTIHEAD,
8799 g_warning ("gtk_widget_create_pango_context ()) called without screen"));
8801 screen = gdk_screen_get_default ();
8804 context = gdk_pango_context_get_for_screen (screen);
8806 update_pango_context (widget, context);
8807 pango_context_set_language (context, gtk_get_default_language ());
8813 * gtk_widget_create_pango_layout:
8814 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8815 * @text: text to set on the layout (can be %NULL)
8817 * Creates a new #PangoLayout with the appropriate font map,
8818 * font description, and base direction for drawing text for
8821 * If you keep a #PangoLayout created in this way around, you need
8822 * to re-create it when the widget #PangoContext is replaced.
8823 * This can be tracked by using the #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal
8826 * Return value: (transfer full): the new #PangoLayout
8829 gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (GtkWidget *widget,
8832 PangoLayout *layout;
8833 PangoContext *context;
8835 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8837 context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (widget);
8838 layout = pango_layout_new (context);
8841 pango_layout_set_text (layout, text, -1);
8847 * gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf:
8848 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8849 * @stock_id: a stock ID
8850 * @size: (type int): a stock size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means
8851 * render at the size of the source and don't scale (if there are
8852 * multiple source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes).
8854 * A convenience function that uses the theme engine and style
8855 * settings for @widget to look up @stock_id and render it to
8856 * a pixbuf. @stock_id should be a stock icon ID such as
8857 * #GTK_STOCK_OPEN or #GTK_STOCK_OK. @size should be a size
8858 * such as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU.
8860 * The pixels in the returned #GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of
8861 * the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed
8862 * after use with g_object_unref().
8864 * Return value: (transfer full): a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the
8865 * stock ID wasn't known
8870 gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf (GtkWidget *widget,
8871 const gchar *stock_id,
8874 GtkStyleContext *context;
8875 GtkIconSet *icon_set;
8877 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8878 g_return_val_if_fail (stock_id != NULL, NULL);
8879 g_return_val_if_fail (size > GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID || size == -1, NULL);
8881 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
8882 icon_set = gtk_style_context_lookup_icon_set (context, stock_id);
8884 if (icon_set == NULL)
8887 return gtk_icon_set_render_icon_pixbuf (icon_set, context, size);
8891 * gtk_widget_set_parent_window:
8892 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
8893 * @parent_window: the new parent window.
8895 * Sets a non default parent window for @widget.
8897 * For GtkWindow classes, setting a @parent_window effects whether
8898 * the window is a toplevel window or can be embedded into other
8902 * For GtkWindow classes, this needs to be called before the
8903 * window is realized.
8908 gtk_widget_set_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget,
8909 GdkWindow *parent_window)
8911 GdkWindow *old_parent_window;
8913 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8915 old_parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
8916 quark_parent_window);
8918 if (parent_window != old_parent_window)
8922 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window,
8924 if (old_parent_window)
8925 g_object_unref (old_parent_window);
8927 g_object_ref (parent_window);
8929 /* Unset toplevel flag when adding a parent window to a widget,
8930 * this is the primary entry point to allow toplevels to be
8933 #ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_X11
8934 is_plug = GTK_IS_PLUG (widget);
8938 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget) && !is_plug)
8939 _gtk_window_set_is_toplevel (GTK_WINDOW (widget), parent_window == NULL);
8944 * gtk_widget_get_parent_window:
8945 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
8947 * Gets @widget's parent window.
8949 * Returns: (transfer none): the parent window of @widget.
8952 gtk_widget_get_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget)
8954 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
8955 GdkWindow *parent_window;
8957 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8959 priv = widget->priv;
8961 parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window);
8963 return (parent_window != NULL) ? parent_window :
8964 (priv->parent != NULL) ? priv->parent->priv->window : NULL;
8969 * gtk_widget_set_child_visible:
8970 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8971 * @is_visible: if %TRUE, @widget should be mapped along with its parent.
8973 * Sets whether @widget should be mapped along with its when its parent
8974 * is mapped and @widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show().
8976 * The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to
8977 * a container with gtk_widget_set_parent(), to avoid mapping
8978 * children unnecessary before immediately unmapping them. However
8979 * it will be reset to its default state of %TRUE when the widget
8980 * is removed from a container.
8982 * Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not
8983 * queue a resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of
8984 * a widget is computed from all visible children, whether or
8985 * not they are mapped. If this is not the case, the container
8986 * can queue a resize itself.
8988 * This function is only useful for container implementations and
8989 * never should be called by an application.
8992 gtk_widget_set_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
8993 gboolean is_visible)
8995 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
8997 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8998 g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget));
9000 priv = widget->priv;
9002 g_object_ref (widget);
9003 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
9006 priv->child_visible = TRUE;
9009 GtkWidget *toplevel;
9011 priv->child_visible = FALSE;
9013 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
9014 if (toplevel != widget && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
9015 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
9018 if (priv->parent && gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
9020 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
9021 priv->child_visible &&
9022 gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
9023 gtk_widget_map (widget);
9025 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
9028 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
9029 g_object_unref (widget);
9033 * gtk_widget_get_child_visible:
9034 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9036 * Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible().
9037 * If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably
9038 * needs reorganization.
9040 * This function is only useful for container implementations and
9041 * never should be called by an application.
9043 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.
9046 gtk_widget_get_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
9048 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9050 return widget->priv->child_visible;
9054 gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget)
9056 GtkWidget *toplevel;
9058 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
9060 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
9062 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
9063 return gtk_window_get_screen (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
9064 else if (GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (toplevel))
9065 return gtk_invisible_get_screen (GTK_INVISIBLE (widget));
9072 * gtk_widget_get_screen:
9073 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9075 * Get the #GdkScreen from the toplevel window associated with
9076 * this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
9077 * has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow
9080 * In general, you should only create screen specific
9081 * resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
9082 * free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
9084 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkScreen for the toplevel for this widget.
9089 gtk_widget_get_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
9093 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9095 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
9102 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": Can't get associated screen"
9103 " for a widget unless it is inside a toplevel GtkWindow\n"
9104 " widget type is %s associated top level type is %s",
9105 g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (widget))),
9106 g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (toplevel))));
9108 return gdk_screen_get_default ();
9113 * gtk_widget_has_screen:
9114 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9116 * Checks whether there is a #GdkScreen is associated with
9117 * this widget. All toplevel widgets have an associated
9118 * screen, and all widgets added into a hierarchy with a toplevel
9119 * window at the top.
9121 * Return value: %TRUE if there is a #GdkScreen associcated
9127 gtk_widget_has_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
9129 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9131 return (gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget) != NULL);
9135 * gtk_widget_get_display:
9136 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9138 * Get the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with
9139 * this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
9140 * has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow at the top.
9142 * In general, you should only create display specific
9143 * resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
9144 * free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
9146 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.
9151 gtk_widget_get_display (GtkWidget *widget)
9153 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9155 return gdk_screen_get_display (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
9159 * gtk_widget_get_root_window:
9160 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9162 * Get the root window where this widget is located. This function can
9163 * only be called after the widget has been added to a widget
9164 * hierarchy with #GtkWindow at the top.
9166 * The root window is useful for such purposes as creating a popup
9167 * #GdkWindow associated with the window. In general, you should only
9168 * create display specific resources when a widget has been realized,
9169 * and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
9171 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkWindow root window for the toplevel for this widget.
9176 gtk_widget_get_root_window (GtkWidget *widget)
9178 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9180 return gdk_screen_get_root_window (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
9184 * gtk_widget_child_focus:
9185 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9186 * @direction: direction of focus movement
9188 * This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're
9189 * writing an app, you'd use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus
9190 * to a particular widget, and gtk_container_set_focus_chain() to
9191 * change the focus tab order. So you may want to investigate those
9192 * functions instead.
9194 * gtk_widget_child_focus() is called by containers as the user moves
9195 * around the window using keyboard shortcuts. @direction indicates
9196 * what kind of motion is taking place (up, down, left, right, tab
9197 * forward, tab backward). gtk_widget_child_focus() emits the
9198 * #GtkWidget::focus signal; widgets override the default handler
9199 * for this signal in order to implement appropriate focus behavior.
9201 * The default ::focus handler for a widget should return %TRUE if
9202 * moving in @direction left the focus on a focusable location inside
9203 * that widget, and %FALSE if moving in @direction moved the focus
9204 * outside the widget. If returning %TRUE, widgets normally
9205 * call gtk_widget_grab_focus() to place the focus accordingly;
9206 * if returning %FALSE, they don't modify the current focus location.
9208 * Return value: %TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget
9211 gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
9212 GtkDirectionType direction)
9214 gboolean return_val;
9216 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9218 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) ||
9219 !gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
9222 /* child widgets must set CAN_FOCUS, containers
9223 * don't have to though.
9225 if (!GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) &&
9226 !gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
9229 g_signal_emit (widget,
9230 widget_signals[FOCUS],
9232 direction, &return_val);
9238 * gtk_widget_keynav_failed:
9239 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9240 * @direction: direction of focus movement
9242 * This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within
9243 * a single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the
9244 * #GtkWidget::keynav-failed signal on the widget and its return
9245 * value should be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of
9246 * gtk_widget_child_focus():
9248 * When %TRUE is returned, stay in the widget, the failed keyboard
9249 * navigation is Ok and/or there is nowhere we can/should move the
9252 * When %FALSE is returned, the caller should continue with keyboard
9253 * navigation outside the widget, e.g. by calling
9254 * gtk_widget_child_focus() on the widget's toplevel.
9256 * The default ::keynav-failed handler returns %TRUE for
9257 * %GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD and %GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD. For the other
9258 * values of #GtkDirectionType, it looks at the
9259 * #GtkSettings:gtk-keynav-cursor-only setting and returns %FALSE
9260 * if the setting is %TRUE. This way the entire user interface
9261 * becomes cursor-navigatable on input devices such as mobile phones
9262 * which only have cursor keys but no tab key.
9264 * Whenever the default handler returns %TRUE, it also calls
9265 * gtk_widget_error_bell() to notify the user of the failed keyboard
9268 * A use case for providing an own implementation of ::keynav-failed
9269 * (either by connecting to it or by overriding it) would be a row of
9270 * #GtkEntry widgets where the user should be able to navigate the
9271 * entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces
9272 * that require entering license keys.
9274 * Return value: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
9275 * if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
9276 * navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
9281 gtk_widget_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
9282 GtkDirectionType direction)
9284 gboolean return_val;
9286 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9288 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED], 0,
9289 direction, &return_val);
9295 * gtk_widget_error_bell:
9296 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9298 * Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget.
9299 * If the #GtkSettings:gtk-error-bell setting is %TRUE, it calls
9300 * gdk_window_beep(), otherwise it does nothing.
9302 * Note that the effect of gdk_window_beep() can be configured in many
9303 * ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment
9304 * or window manager that is used.
9309 gtk_widget_error_bell (GtkWidget *widget)
9311 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
9312 GtkSettings* settings;
9315 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9317 priv = widget->priv;
9319 settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (widget);
9323 g_object_get (settings,
9324 "gtk-error-bell", &beep,
9327 if (beep && priv->window)
9328 gdk_window_beep (priv->window);
9332 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
9335 GtkQueueResizeFlags flags)
9337 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
9338 gboolean changed = FALSE;
9340 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
9342 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
9344 if (width > -2 && aux_info->width != width)
9346 if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
9347 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "width-request");
9348 aux_info->width = width;
9351 if (height > -2 && aux_info->height != height)
9353 if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
9354 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "height-request");
9355 aux_info->height = height;
9359 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) && changed)
9361 if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
9362 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
9364 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
9367 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
9371 * gtk_widget_set_size_request:
9372 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9373 * @width: width @widget should request, or -1 to unset
9374 * @height: height @widget should request, or -1 to unset
9376 * Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
9377 * request will be at least @width by @height. You can use this
9378 * function to force a widget to be larger than it normally would be.
9380 * In most cases, gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for
9381 * toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will
9382 * still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size request
9383 * will force them to leave the window at least as large as the size
9384 * request. When dealing with window sizes,
9385 * gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful function as well.
9387 * Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
9388 * translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
9389 * can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
9390 * basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
9393 * The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can
9394 * accept while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly.
9395 * However in some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than
9396 * its requested size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more
9397 * space than it requested.
9399 * If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then
9400 * the "natural" size request of the widget will be used instead.
9402 * The size request set here does not include any margin from the
9403 * #GtkWidget properties margin-left, margin-right, margin-top, and
9404 * margin-bottom, but it does include pretty much all other padding
9405 * or border properties set by any subclass of #GtkWidget.
9408 gtk_widget_set_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9412 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9413 g_return_if_fail (width >= -1);
9414 g_return_if_fail (height >= -1);
9421 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height, 0);
9426 * gtk_widget_get_size_request:
9427 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9428 * @width: (out) (allow-none): return location for width, or %NULL
9429 * @height: (out) (allow-none): return location for height, or %NULL
9431 * Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
9432 * gtk_widget_set_size_request(). A value of -1 stored in @width or
9433 * @height indicates that that dimension has not been set explicitly
9434 * and the natural requisition of the widget will be used intead. See
9435 * gtk_widget_set_size_request(). To get the size a widget will
9436 * actually request, call gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead of
9440 gtk_widget_get_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9444 const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
9446 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9448 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
9451 *width = aux_info->width;
9454 *height = aux_info->height;
9458 * _gtk_widget_override_size_request:
9459 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9460 * @width: new forced minimum width
9461 * @height: new forced minimum height
9462 * @old_width: location to store previous forced minimum width
9463 * @old_height: location to store previous forced minumum height
9465 * Temporarily establishes a forced minimum size for a widget; this
9466 * is used by GtkWindow when calculating the size to add to the
9467 * window's geometry widget. Cached sizes for the widget and its
9468 * parents are invalidated, so that subsequent calls to the size
9469 * negotiation machinery produce the overriden result, but the
9470 * widget is not queued for relayout or redraw. The old size must
9471 * be restored with _gtk_widget_restore_size_request() or things
9475 _gtk_widget_override_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9481 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, old_width, old_height);
9482 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height,
9483 GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
9487 * _gtk_widget_restore_size_request:
9488 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9489 * @old_width: saved forced minimum size
9490 * @old_height: saved forced minimum size
9492 * Undoes the operation of_gtk_widget_override_size_request().
9495 _gtk_widget_restore_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9499 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, old_width, old_height,
9500 GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
9504 * gtk_widget_set_events:
9505 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9506 * @events: event mask
9508 * Sets the event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
9509 * mask determines which events a widget will receive. Keep in mind
9510 * that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
9511 * changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
9512 * so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
9513 * unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_events() for widgets that are
9514 * already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
9515 * mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
9516 * to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
9517 * and receive events on the event box.
9520 gtk_widget_set_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9523 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9524 g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
9526 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
9527 GINT_TO_POINTER (events));
9528 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
9532 * gtk_widget_set_device_events:
9533 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9534 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9535 * @events: event mask
9537 * Sets the device event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
9538 * mask determines which events a widget will receive from @device. Keep
9539 * in mind that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
9540 * changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
9541 * so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
9542 * unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_device_events() for widgets that are
9543 * already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
9544 * mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
9545 * to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
9546 * and receive events on the event box.
9551 gtk_widget_set_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9553 GdkEventMask events)
9555 GHashTable *device_events;
9557 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9558 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
9559 g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
9561 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
9563 if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_events))
9565 device_events = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
9566 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask, device_events,
9567 (GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_unref);
9570 g_hash_table_insert (device_events, device, GUINT_TO_POINTER (events));
9574 * gtk_widget_set_device_enabled:
9575 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9576 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9577 * @enabled: whether to enable the device
9579 * Enables or disables a #GdkDevice to interact with @widget
9580 * and all its children.
9582 * It does so by descending through the #GdkWindow hierarchy
9583 * and enabling the same mask that is has for core events
9584 * (i.e. the one that gdk_window_get_events() returns).
9589 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled (GtkWidget *widget,
9593 GList *enabled_devices;
9595 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9596 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
9598 enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
9599 enabled_devices = g_list_append (enabled_devices, device);
9601 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices,
9602 enabled_devices, (GDestroyNotify) g_list_free);;
9604 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
9605 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, enabled);
9609 * gtk_widget_get_device_enabled:
9610 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9611 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9613 * Returns whether @device can interact with @widget and its
9614 * children. See gtk_widget_set_device_enabled().
9616 * Return value: %TRUE is @device is enabled for @widget
9621 gtk_widget_get_device_enabled (GtkWidget *widget,
9624 GList *enabled_devices;
9626 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9627 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), FALSE);
9629 enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
9631 return g_list_find (enabled_devices, device) != NULL;
9635 gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (GtkWidget *widget,
9642 for (l = window_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
9644 GdkWindow *window = l->data;
9647 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
9648 if (user_data == widget)
9653 gdk_window_set_device_events (window, device, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
9655 gdk_window_set_events (window, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
9657 children = gdk_window_get_children (window);
9658 gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (widget, device, events, children);
9659 g_list_free (children);
9665 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
9669 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
9672 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
9673 window_list = gdk_window_get_children (priv->window);
9675 window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, priv->window);
9677 gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (widget, device, events, window_list);
9679 g_list_free (window_list);
9683 * gtk_widget_add_events:
9684 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9685 * @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
9687 * Adds the events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
9688 * @widget. See gtk_widget_set_events() for details.
9691 gtk_widget_add_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9696 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9698 old_events = GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
9699 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
9700 GINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
9702 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
9704 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, NULL, events);
9705 gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (widget, FALSE);
9708 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
9712 * gtk_widget_add_device_events:
9713 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9714 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9715 * @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
9717 * Adds the device events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
9718 * @widget. See gtk_widget_set_device_events() for details.
9723 gtk_widget_add_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9725 GdkEventMask events)
9727 GdkEventMask old_events;
9728 GHashTable *device_events;
9730 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9731 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
9733 old_events = gtk_widget_get_device_events (widget, device);
9735 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
9737 if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_events))
9739 device_events = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
9740 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask, device_events,
9741 (GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_unref);
9744 g_hash_table_insert (device_events, device,
9745 GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
9747 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
9748 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, device, events);
9750 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
9754 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel:
9755 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9757 * This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy
9758 * @widget is a part of. If @widget has no parent widgets, it will be
9759 * returned as the topmost widget. No reference will be added to the
9760 * returned widget; it should not be unreferenced.
9762 * Note the difference in behavior vs. gtk_widget_get_ancestor();
9763 * <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_WINDOW)</literal>
9765 * %NULL if @widget wasn't inside a toplevel window, and if the
9766 * window was inside a #GtkWindow<!-- -->-derived widget which was in turn
9767 * inside the toplevel #GtkWindow. While the second case may
9768 * seem unlikely, it actually happens when a #GtkPlug is embedded
9769 * inside a #GtkSocket within the same application.
9771 * To reliably find the toplevel #GtkWindow, use
9772 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel() and check if the %TOPLEVEL flags
9773 * is set on the result.
9775 * GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
9776 * if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
9778 * /* Perform action on toplevel. */
9782 * Return value: (transfer none): the topmost ancestor of @widget, or @widget itself
9783 * if there's no ancestor.
9786 gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
9788 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9790 while (widget->priv->parent)
9791 widget = widget->priv->parent;
9797 * gtk_widget_get_ancestor:
9798 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9799 * @widget_type: ancestor type
9801 * Gets the first ancestor of @widget with type @widget_type. For example,
9802 * <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)</literal> gets
9803 * the first #GtkBox that's an ancestor of @widget. No reference will be
9804 * added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced. See note
9805 * about checking for a toplevel #GtkWindow in the docs for
9806 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel().
9808 * Note that unlike gtk_widget_is_ancestor(), gtk_widget_get_ancestor()
9809 * considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself.
9811 * Return value: (transfer none): the ancestor widget, or %NULL if not found
9814 gtk_widget_get_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
9817 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9819 while (widget && !g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type))
9820 widget = widget->priv->parent;
9822 if (!(widget && g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type)))
9829 * gtk_widget_set_visual:
9830 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9831 * @visual: visual to be used or %NULL to unset a previous one
9833 * Sets the visual that should be used for by widget and its children for
9834 * creating #GdkWindows. The visual must be on the same #GdkScreen as
9835 * returned by gtk_widget_get_screen(), so handling the
9836 * #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal is necessary.
9838 * Setting a new @visual will not cause @widget to recreate its windows,
9839 * so you should call this function before @widget is realized.
9842 gtk_widget_set_visual (GtkWidget *widget,
9845 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9846 g_return_if_fail (visual == NULL || GDK_IS_VISUAL (visual));
9849 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget) == gdk_visual_get_screen (visual));
9852 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
9854 g_object_ref (visual),
9859 * gtk_widget_get_visual:
9860 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9862 * Gets the visual that will be used to render @widget.
9864 * Return value: (transfer none): the visual for @widget
9867 gtk_widget_get_visual (GtkWidget *widget)
9873 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9875 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) &&
9876 widget->priv->window)
9877 return gdk_window_get_visual (widget->priv->window);
9879 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
9881 for (w = widget; w != NULL; w = w->priv->parent)
9883 visual = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (w), quark_visual);
9886 if (gdk_visual_get_screen (visual) == screen)
9889 g_warning ("Ignoring visual set on widget `%s' that is not on the correct screen.",
9890 gtk_widget_get_name (widget));
9894 return gdk_screen_get_system_visual (screen);
9898 * gtk_widget_get_settings:
9899 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9901 * Gets the settings object holding the settings used for this widget.
9903 * Note that this function can only be called when the #GtkWidget
9904 * is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific
9905 * to a particular #GdkScreen.
9907 * Return value: (transfer none): the relevant #GtkSettings object
9910 gtk_widget_get_settings (GtkWidget *widget)
9912 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9914 return gtk_settings_get_for_screen (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
9918 * gtk_widget_get_events:
9919 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9921 * Returns the event mask for the widget (a bitfield containing flags
9922 * from the #GdkEventMask enumeration). These are the events that the widget
9925 * Return value: event mask for @widget
9928 gtk_widget_get_events (GtkWidget *widget)
9930 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
9932 return GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
9936 * gtk_widget_get_device_events:
9937 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9938 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9940 * Returns the events mask for the widget corresponding to an specific device. These
9941 * are the events that the widget will receive when @device operates on it.
9943 * Returns: device event mask for @widget
9948 gtk_widget_get_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9951 GHashTable *device_events;
9953 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
9954 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), 0);
9956 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
9961 return GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_hash_table_lookup (device_events, device));
9965 * gtk_widget_get_pointer:
9966 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9967 * @x: (out) (allow-none): return location for the X coordinate, or %NULL
9968 * @y: (out) (allow-none): return location for the Y coordinate, or %NULL
9970 * Obtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates.
9971 * Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
9972 * defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
9973 * #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
9974 * @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets.
9976 * Deprecated: 3.4: Use gdk_window_get_device_position() instead.
9979 gtk_widget_get_pointer (GtkWidget *widget,
9983 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
9985 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9987 priv = widget->priv;
9994 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
9996 gdk_window_get_device_position (priv->window,
9997 gdk_device_manager_get_client_pointer (
9998 gdk_display_get_device_manager (
9999 gtk_widget_get_display (widget))),
10002 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10005 *x -= priv->allocation.x;
10007 *y -= priv->allocation.y;
10013 * gtk_widget_is_ancestor:
10014 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10015 * @ancestor: another #GtkWidget
10017 * Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor, possibly with
10018 * intermediate containers.
10020 * Return value: %TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child,
10021 * grandchild, great grandchild, etc.
10024 gtk_widget_is_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
10025 GtkWidget *ancestor)
10027 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
10028 g_return_val_if_fail (ancestor != NULL, FALSE);
10032 if (widget->priv->parent == ancestor)
10034 widget = widget->priv->parent;
10040 static GQuark quark_composite_name = 0;
10043 * gtk_widget_set_composite_name:
10044 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
10045 * @name: the name to set
10047 * Sets a widgets composite name. The widget must be
10048 * a composite child of its parent; see gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
10051 gtk_widget_set_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget,
10054 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10055 g_return_if_fail (widget->priv->composite_child);
10056 g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
10058 if (!quark_composite_name)
10059 quark_composite_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-composite-name");
10061 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
10062 quark_composite_name,
10068 * gtk_widget_get_composite_name:
10069 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10071 * Obtains the composite name of a widget.
10073 * Returns: the composite name of @widget, or %NULL if @widget is not
10074 * a composite child. The string should be freed when it is no
10078 gtk_widget_get_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget)
10080 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
10082 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10084 priv = widget->priv;
10086 if (widget->priv->composite_child && priv->parent)
10087 return _gtk_container_child_composite_name (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent),
10094 * gtk_widget_push_composite_child:
10096 * Makes all newly-created widgets as composite children until
10097 * the corresponding gtk_widget_pop_composite_child() call.
10099 * A composite child is a child that's an implementation detail of the
10100 * container it's inside and should not be visible to people using the
10101 * container. Composite children aren't treated differently by GTK (but
10102 * see gtk_container_foreach() vs. gtk_container_forall()), but e.g. GUI
10103 * builders might want to treat them in a different way.
10105 * Here is a simple example:
10107 * gtk_widget_push_composite_child ();
10108 * scrolled_window->hscrollbar = gtk_scrollbar_new (GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, hadjustment);
10109 * gtk_widget_set_composite_name (scrolled_window->hscrollbar, "hscrollbar");
10110 * gtk_widget_pop_composite_child ();
10111 * gtk_widget_set_parent (scrolled_window->hscrollbar,
10112 * GTK_WIDGET (scrolled_window));
10113 * g_object_ref (scrolled_window->hscrollbar);
10117 gtk_widget_push_composite_child (void)
10119 composite_child_stack++;
10123 * gtk_widget_pop_composite_child:
10125 * Cancels the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
10128 gtk_widget_pop_composite_child (void)
10130 if (composite_child_stack)
10131 composite_child_stack--;
10135 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
10136 GtkTextDirection old_dir)
10138 GtkTextDirection direction;
10139 GtkStateFlags state;
10141 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
10143 direction = gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
10144 state = widget->priv->state_flags;
10145 state &= GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR | GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL;
10149 case GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR:
10150 state |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR;
10153 case GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL:
10154 state |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL;
10157 case GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE:
10159 g_assert_not_reached ();
10163 gtk_widget_set_state_flags (widget, state, TRUE);
10165 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED], 0, old_dir);
10169 * gtk_widget_set_direction:
10170 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10171 * @dir: the new direction
10173 * Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction
10174 * controls the primary direction for widgets containing text,
10175 * and also the direction in which the children of a container are
10176 * packed. The ability to set the direction is present in order
10177 * so that correct localization into languages with right-to-left
10178 * reading directions can be done. Generally, applications will
10179 * let the default reading direction present, except for containers
10180 * where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitely
10181 * visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification).
10183 * If the direction is set to %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE, then the value
10184 * set by gtk_widget_set_default_direction() will be used.
10187 gtk_widget_set_direction (GtkWidget *widget,
10188 GtkTextDirection dir)
10190 GtkTextDirection old_dir;
10192 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10193 g_return_if_fail (dir >= GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE && dir <= GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL);
10195 old_dir = gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
10197 widget->priv->direction = dir;
10199 if (old_dir != gtk_widget_get_direction (widget))
10200 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
10204 * gtk_widget_get_direction:
10205 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10207 * Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See
10208 * gtk_widget_set_direction().
10210 * Return value: the reading direction for the widget.
10213 gtk_widget_get_direction (GtkWidget *widget)
10215 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
10217 if (widget->priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
10218 return gtk_default_direction;
10220 return widget->priv->direction;
10224 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
10226 GtkTextDirection old_dir = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (data);
10228 g_object_ref (widget);
10230 if (widget->priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
10231 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
10233 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
10234 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
10235 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse,
10238 g_object_unref (widget);
10242 * gtk_widget_set_default_direction:
10243 * @dir: the new default direction. This cannot be
10244 * %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE.
10246 * Sets the default reading direction for widgets where the
10247 * direction has not been explicitly set by gtk_widget_set_direction().
10250 gtk_widget_set_default_direction (GtkTextDirection dir)
10252 g_return_if_fail (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL || dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
10254 if (dir != gtk_default_direction)
10256 GList *toplevels, *tmp_list;
10257 GtkTextDirection old_dir = gtk_default_direction;
10259 gtk_default_direction = dir;
10261 tmp_list = toplevels = gtk_window_list_toplevels ();
10262 g_list_foreach (toplevels, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL);
10266 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (tmp_list->data,
10267 GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_dir));
10268 g_object_unref (tmp_list->data);
10269 tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
10272 g_list_free (toplevels);
10277 * gtk_widget_get_default_direction:
10279 * Obtains the current default reading direction. See
10280 * gtk_widget_set_default_direction().
10282 * Return value: the current default direction.
10285 gtk_widget_get_default_direction (void)
10287 return gtk_default_direction;
10291 gtk_widget_constructed (GObject *object)
10293 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10294 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10296 /* As strange as it may seem, this may happen on object construction.
10297 * init() implementations of parent types may eventually call this function,
10298 * each with its corresponding GType, which could leave a child
10299 * implementation with a wrong widget type in the widget path
10302 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget) != gtk_widget_path_get_object_type (priv->path))
10304 gtk_widget_path_free (priv->path);
10308 G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->constructed (object);
10312 gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object)
10314 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10315 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10318 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), widget);
10319 else if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
10320 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
10322 priv->visible = FALSE;
10323 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
10324 gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
10326 if (!priv->in_destruction)
10328 priv->in_destruction = TRUE;
10329 g_signal_emit (object, widget_signals[DESTROY], 0);
10330 priv->in_destruction = FALSE;
10333 g_clear_object (&priv->muxer);
10335 G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->dispose (object);
10339 gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object)
10341 /* gtk_object_destroy() will already hold a refcount on object */
10342 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10343 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10345 if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->priv->accessible_type != GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE)
10347 GtkAccessible *accessible = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accessible_object);
10351 gtk_accessible_set_widget (accessible, NULL);
10352 g_object_unref (accessible);
10356 /* wipe accelerator closures (keep order) */
10357 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, NULL);
10358 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, NULL);
10360 /* Callers of add_mnemonic_label() should disconnect on ::destroy */
10361 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels, NULL);
10363 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
10366 g_object_unref (priv->style);
10367 priv->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
10368 g_object_ref (priv->style);
10372 gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object)
10374 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10375 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10376 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
10377 GtkAccessible *accessible;
10379 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
10381 g_object_unref (priv->style);
10382 priv->style = NULL;
10384 g_free (priv->name);
10386 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
10388 gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (aux_info);
10390 accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accessible_object);
10392 g_object_unref (accessible);
10395 gtk_widget_path_free (priv->path);
10399 _gtk_style_context_set_widget (priv->context, NULL);
10400 g_object_unref (priv->context);
10403 _gtk_size_request_cache_free (&priv->requests);
10405 if (g_object_is_floating (object))
10406 g_warning ("A floating object was finalized. This means that someone\n"
10407 "called g_object_unref() on an object that had only a floating\n"
10408 "reference; the initial floating reference is not owned by anyone\n"
10409 "and must be removed with g_object_ref_sink().");
10411 G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->finalize (object);
10414 /*****************************************
10415 * gtk_widget_real_map:
10420 *****************************************/
10423 gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget)
10425 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10427 g_assert (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
10429 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10431 gtk_widget_set_mapped (widget, TRUE);
10433 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10434 gdk_window_show (priv->window);
10438 /*****************************************
10439 * gtk_widget_real_unmap:
10444 *****************************************/
10447 gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
10449 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10451 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10453 gtk_widget_set_mapped (widget, FALSE);
10455 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10456 gdk_window_hide (priv->window);
10460 /*****************************************
10461 * gtk_widget_real_realize:
10466 *****************************************/
10469 gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
10471 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10473 g_assert (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
10475 gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, TRUE);
10478 priv->window = gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
10479 g_object_ref (priv->window);
10483 /*****************************************
10484 * gtk_widget_real_unrealize:
10489 *****************************************/
10492 gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
10494 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10496 g_assert (!widget->priv->mapped);
10498 /* printf ("unrealizing %s\n", g_type_name (G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget)));
10501 /* We must do unrealize child widget BEFORE container widget.
10502 * gdk_window_destroy() destroys specified xwindow and its sub-xwindows.
10503 * So, unrealizing container widget bofore its children causes the problem
10504 * (for example, gdk_ic_destroy () with destroyed window causes crash. )
10507 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
10508 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
10509 (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_unrealize,
10512 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10514 gdk_window_set_user_data (priv->window, NULL);
10515 gdk_window_destroy (priv->window);
10516 priv->window = NULL;
10520 g_object_unref (priv->window);
10521 priv->window = NULL;
10524 gtk_selection_remove_all (widget);
10526 gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, FALSE);
10530 gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
10531 GtkOrientation orientation,
10532 gint *minimum_size,
10533 gint *natural_size)
10535 const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
10537 aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
10539 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL &&
10540 aux_info->width > 0)
10542 *minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, aux_info->width);
10544 else if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL &&
10545 aux_info->height > 0)
10547 *minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, aux_info->height);
10550 /* Fix it if set_size_request made natural size smaller than min size.
10551 * This would also silently fix broken widgets, but we warn about them
10552 * in gtksizerequest.c when calling their size request vfuncs.
10554 *natural_size = MAX (*natural_size, *minimum_size);
10556 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
10558 *minimum_size += (aux_info->margin.left + aux_info->margin.right);
10559 *natural_size += (aux_info->margin.left + aux_info->margin.right);
10563 *minimum_size += (aux_info->margin.top + aux_info->margin.bottom);
10564 *natural_size += (aux_info->margin.top + aux_info->margin.bottom);
10569 * _gtk_widget_peek_request_cache:
10571 * Returns the address of the widget's request cache (strictly for
10572 * internal use in gtksizerequest.c)
10574 * Return value: the address of @widget's size request cache.
10577 _gtk_widget_peek_request_cache (GtkWidget *widget)
10579 /* Don't bother slowing things down with the return_if_fail guards here */
10580 return &widget->priv->requests;
10584 * _gtk_widget_set_device_window:
10585 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10586 * @device: a #GdkDevice
10587 * @window: the new device window
10589 * Sets pointer window for @widget and @device.
10590 * Does not ref @window.
10593 _gtk_widget_set_device_window (GtkWidget *widget,
10597 GHashTable *device_window;
10599 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10600 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
10601 g_return_if_fail (window == NULL || GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
10603 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10606 device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window);
10608 if (!device_window && window)
10610 device_window = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
10611 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
10612 quark_pointer_window,
10614 (GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_destroy);
10618 g_hash_table_insert (device_window, device, window);
10619 else if (device_window)
10621 g_hash_table_remove (device_window, device);
10623 if (g_hash_table_size (device_window) == 0)
10624 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window, NULL);
10629 * _gtk_widget_get_device_window:
10630 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10631 * @device: a #GdkDevice
10633 * Return value: the device window set on @widget, or %NULL
10636 _gtk_widget_get_device_window (GtkWidget *widget,
10639 GHashTable *device_window;
10641 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10642 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), NULL);
10644 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10647 device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window);
10649 if (!device_window)
10652 return g_hash_table_lookup (device_window, device);
10656 * _gtk_widget_list_devices:
10657 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10659 * Returns the list of #GdkDevices that is currently on top
10660 * of any window belonging to @widget.
10661 * Free the list with g_list_free(), the elements are owned
10662 * by GTK+ and must not be freed.
10665 _gtk_widget_list_devices (GtkWidget *widget)
10667 GHashTableIter iter;
10668 GHashTable *device_window;
10669 GList *devices = NULL;
10670 gpointer key, value;
10672 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10674 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10677 device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window);
10679 if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_window))
10682 g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, device_window);
10684 while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value))
10685 devices = g_list_prepend (devices, key);
10691 synth_crossing (GtkWidget *widget,
10695 GdkCrossingMode mode,
10696 GdkNotifyType detail)
10700 event = gdk_event_new (type);
10702 event->crossing.window = g_object_ref (window);
10703 event->crossing.send_event = TRUE;
10704 event->crossing.subwindow = g_object_ref (window);
10705 event->crossing.time = GDK_CURRENT_TIME;
10706 event->crossing.x = event->crossing.y = 0;
10707 event->crossing.x_root = event->crossing.y_root = 0;
10708 event->crossing.mode = mode;
10709 event->crossing.detail = detail;
10710 event->crossing.focus = FALSE;
10711 event->crossing.state = 0;
10712 gdk_event_set_device (event, device);
10715 widget = gtk_get_event_widget (event);
10718 gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
10720 gdk_event_free (event);
10724 * _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing:
10725 * @from: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is leaving.
10726 * @to: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is moving to.
10727 * @mode: the #GdkCrossingMode to place on the synthesized events.
10729 * Generate crossing event(s) on widget state (sensitivity) or GTK+ grab change.
10731 * The real pointer window is the window that most recently received an enter notify
10732 * event. Windows that don't select for crossing events can't become the real
10733 * poiner window. The real pointer widget that owns the real pointer window. The
10734 * effective pointer window is the same as the real pointer window unless the real
10735 * pointer widget is either insensitive or there is a grab on a widget that is not
10736 * an ancestor of the real pointer widget (in which case the effective pointer
10737 * window should be the root window).
10739 * When the effective pointer window is the same as the real poiner window, we
10740 * receive crossing events from the windowing system. When the effective pointer
10741 * window changes to become different from the real pointer window we synthesize
10742 * crossing events, attempting to follow X protocol rules:
10744 * When the root window becomes the effective pointer window:
10745 * - leave notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
10746 * - leave notify on all of its ancestors, detail Virtual
10747 * - enter notify on root window, detail Inferior
10749 * When the root window ceases to be the effective pointer window:
10750 * - leave notify on root window, detail Inferior
10751 * - enter notify on all ancestors of real pointer window, detail Virtual
10752 * - enter notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
10755 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (GtkWidget *from,
10758 GdkCrossingMode mode)
10760 GdkWindow *from_window = NULL, *to_window = NULL;
10762 g_return_if_fail (from != NULL || to != NULL);
10766 from_window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (from, device);
10769 from_window = from->priv->window;
10774 to_window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (to, device);
10777 to_window = to->priv->window;
10780 if (from_window == NULL && to_window == NULL)
10782 else if (from_window != NULL && to_window == NULL)
10784 GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *list;
10785 GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window;
10787 while (from_ancestor != NULL)
10789 from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (from_ancestor);
10790 if (from_ancestor == NULL)
10792 from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
10795 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
10796 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
10797 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
10799 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10800 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
10803 /* XXX: enter/inferior on root window? */
10805 g_list_free (from_ancestors);
10807 else if (from_window == NULL && to_window != NULL)
10809 GList *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
10810 GdkWindow *to_ancestor = to_window;
10812 while (to_ancestor != NULL)
10814 to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (to_ancestor);
10815 if (to_ancestor == NULL)
10817 to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
10820 /* XXX: leave/inferior on root window? */
10822 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
10824 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10825 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
10827 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
10828 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
10830 g_list_free (to_ancestors);
10832 else if (from_window == to_window)
10836 GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
10837 GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window, *to_ancestor = to_window;
10839 while (from_ancestor != NULL || to_ancestor != NULL)
10841 if (from_ancestor != NULL)
10843 from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (from_ancestor);
10844 if (from_ancestor == to_window)
10847 from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
10849 if (to_ancestor != NULL)
10851 to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (to_ancestor);
10852 if (to_ancestor == from_window)
10855 to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
10858 if (to_ancestor == from_window)
10860 if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_UNGRAB)
10861 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
10862 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
10863 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
10864 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10865 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
10866 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
10867 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
10869 else if (from_ancestor == to_window)
10871 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
10872 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
10873 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
10875 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10876 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
10878 if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_GRAB)
10879 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
10880 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
10884 while (from_ancestors != NULL && to_ancestors != NULL
10885 && from_ancestors->data == to_ancestors->data)
10887 from_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (from_ancestors,
10889 to_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (to_ancestors, to_ancestors);
10892 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
10893 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
10895 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
10897 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10898 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
10900 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
10902 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10903 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
10905 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
10906 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
10908 g_list_free (from_ancestors);
10909 g_list_free (to_ancestors);
10914 gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
10915 GtkStateData *data)
10917 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10918 GtkStateFlags new_flags, old_flags = priv->state_flags;
10919 GtkStateType old_state;
10921 old_state = gtk_widget_get_state (widget);
10923 switch (data->operation)
10925 case STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE:
10926 priv->state_flags = data->flags;
10928 case STATE_CHANGE_SET:
10929 priv->state_flags |= data->flags;
10931 case STATE_CHANGE_UNSET:
10932 priv->state_flags &= ~(data->flags);
10936 /* make insensitivity unoverridable */
10937 if (!priv->sensitive)
10938 priv->state_flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
10940 if (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget) && !gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
10944 window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
10946 if (window && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
10947 gtk_window_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (window), NULL);
10950 new_flags = priv->state_flags;
10952 if (old_flags != new_flags)
10954 g_object_ref (widget);
10956 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) && gtk_widget_has_grab (widget))
10957 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
10959 gtk_style_context_set_state (gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget), new_flags);
10961 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED], 0, old_state);
10962 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED], 0, old_flags);
10964 if (!priv->shadowed &&
10965 (new_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) != (old_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE))
10967 GList *event_windows = NULL;
10968 GList *devices, *d;
10970 devices = _gtk_widget_list_devices (widget);
10972 for (d = devices; d; d = d->next)
10978 window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (widget, device);
10980 /* Do not propagate more than once to the
10981 * same window if non-multidevice aware.
10983 if (!gdk_window_get_support_multidevice (window) &&
10984 g_list_find (event_windows, window))
10987 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
10988 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (widget, NULL, d->data,
10989 GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
10991 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (NULL, widget, d->data,
10992 GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
10994 event_windows = g_list_prepend (event_windows, window);
10997 g_list_free (event_windows);
10998 g_list_free (devices);
11001 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
11003 GtkStateData child_data = *data;
11005 /* Make sure to only propate the right states further */
11006 child_data.flags &= GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE;
11008 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
11009 (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
11013 g_object_unref (widget);
11017 static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo default_aux_info = {
11025 * gtk_widget_get_aux_info:
11026 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11027 * @create: if %TRUE, create the structure if it doesn't exist
11029 * Get the #GtkWidgetAuxInfo structure for the widget.
11031 * Return value: the #GtkAuxInfo structure for the widget, or
11032 * %NULL if @create is %FALSE and one doesn't already exist.
11034 static GtkWidgetAuxInfo *
11035 gtk_widget_get_aux_info (GtkWidget *widget,
11038 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
11040 aux_info = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info);
11041 if (!aux_info && create)
11043 aux_info = g_slice_new0 (GtkWidgetAuxInfo);
11045 *aux_info = default_aux_info;
11047 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info, aux_info);
11053 static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo*
11054 _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (GtkWidget *widget)
11056 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
11058 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
11059 if (aux_info == NULL)
11061 return &default_aux_info;
11069 /*****************************************
11070 * gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy:
11075 *****************************************/
11078 gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info)
11080 g_slice_free (GtkWidgetAuxInfo, aux_info);
11084 * gtk_widget_shape_combine_region:
11085 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11086 * @region: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
11088 * Sets a shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
11089 * transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_region()
11090 * for more information.
11095 gtk_widget_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
11096 cairo_region_t *region)
11098 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11100 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11101 /* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
11102 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
11104 priv = widget->priv;
11106 if (region == NULL)
11108 priv->has_shape_mask = FALSE;
11111 gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, NULL, 0, 0);
11113 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info, NULL);
11117 priv->has_shape_mask = TRUE;
11119 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info,
11120 cairo_region_copy (region),
11121 (GDestroyNotify) cairo_region_destroy);
11123 /* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
11124 * otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
11127 gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
11132 * gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region:
11133 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11134 * @region: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
11136 * Sets an input shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
11137 * windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see
11138 * gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region() for more information.
11143 gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
11144 cairo_region_t *region)
11146 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11148 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11149 /* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
11150 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
11152 priv = widget->priv;
11154 if (region == NULL)
11157 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, NULL, 0, 0);
11159 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info, NULL);
11163 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info,
11164 cairo_region_copy (region),
11165 (GDestroyNotify) cairo_region_destroy);
11167 /* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
11168 * otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
11171 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
11176 /* style properties
11180 * gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser: (skip)
11181 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11182 * @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the style property
11183 * @parser: the parser for the style property
11185 * Installs a style property on a widget class.
11188 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11190 GtkRcPropertyParser parser)
11192 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
11193 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
11194 g_return_if_fail (pspec->flags & G_PARAM_READABLE);
11195 g_return_if_fail (!(pspec->flags & (G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY | G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT)));
11197 if (g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool, pspec->name, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass), FALSE))
11199 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": class `%s' already contains a style property named `%s'",
11200 G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (klass),
11205 g_param_spec_ref_sink (pspec);
11206 g_param_spec_set_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser, (gpointer) parser);
11207 g_param_spec_pool_insert (style_property_spec_pool, pspec, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
11211 * gtk_widget_class_install_style_property:
11212 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11213 * @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the property
11215 * Installs a style property on a widget class. The parser for the
11216 * style property is determined by the value type of @pspec.
11219 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11222 GtkRcPropertyParser parser;
11224 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
11225 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
11227 parser = _gtk_rc_property_parser_from_type (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec));
11229 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (klass, pspec, parser);
11233 * gtk_widget_class_find_style_property:
11234 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11235 * @property_name: the name of the style property to find
11237 * Finds a style property of a widget class by name.
11239 * Returns: (transfer none): the #GParamSpec of the style property or
11240 * %NULL if @class has no style property with that name.
11245 gtk_widget_class_find_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11246 const gchar *property_name)
11248 g_return_val_if_fail (property_name != NULL, NULL);
11250 return g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
11252 G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
11257 * gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties:
11258 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11259 * @n_properties: location to return the number of style properties found
11261 * Returns all style properties of a widget class.
11263 * Returns: (array length=n_properties) (transfer container): a
11264 * newly allocated array of #GParamSpec*. The array must be
11265 * freed with g_free().
11270 gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11271 guint *n_properties)
11273 GParamSpec **pspecs;
11276 pspecs = g_param_spec_pool_list (style_property_spec_pool,
11277 G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
11286 * gtk_widget_style_get_property:
11287 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11288 * @property_name: the name of a style property
11289 * @value: location to return the property value
11291 * Gets the value of a style property of @widget.
11294 gtk_widget_style_get_property (GtkWidget *widget,
11295 const gchar *property_name,
11300 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11301 g_return_if_fail (property_name != NULL);
11302 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_VALUE (value));
11304 g_object_ref (widget);
11305 pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
11307 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11310 g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
11312 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
11316 GtkStyleContext *context;
11317 const GValue *peek_value;
11318 GtkStateFlags state;
11320 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
11321 state = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
11323 peek_value = _gtk_style_context_peek_style_property (context,
11324 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11327 /* auto-conversion of the caller's value type
11329 if (G_VALUE_TYPE (value) == G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec))
11330 g_value_copy (peek_value, value);
11331 else if (g_value_type_transformable (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec), G_VALUE_TYPE (value)))
11332 g_value_transform (peek_value, value);
11334 g_warning ("can't retrieve style property `%s' of type `%s' as value of type `%s'",
11336 g_type_name (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec)),
11337 G_VALUE_TYPE_NAME (value));
11339 g_object_unref (widget);
11343 * gtk_widget_style_get_valist:
11344 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11345 * @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
11346 * @var_args: a <type>va_list</type> of pairs of property names and
11347 * locations to return the property values, starting with the location
11348 * for @first_property_name.
11350 * Non-vararg variant of gtk_widget_style_get(). Used primarily by language
11354 gtk_widget_style_get_valist (GtkWidget *widget,
11355 const gchar *first_property_name,
11358 GtkStyleContext *context;
11359 GtkStateFlags state;
11362 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11364 g_object_ref (widget);
11365 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
11366 state = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
11368 name = first_property_name;
11371 const GValue *peek_value;
11375 pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
11377 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11381 g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
11383 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
11387 /* style pspecs are always readable so we can spare that check here */
11389 peek_value = _gtk_style_context_peek_style_property (context,
11390 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11393 G_VALUE_LCOPY (peek_value, var_args, 0, &error);
11396 g_warning ("%s: %s", G_STRLOC, error);
11401 name = va_arg (var_args, gchar*);
11404 g_object_unref (widget);
11408 * gtk_widget_style_get:
11409 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11410 * @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
11411 * @...: pairs of property names and locations to return the
11412 * property values, starting with the location for
11413 * @first_property_name, terminated by %NULL.
11415 * Gets the values of a multiple style properties of @widget.
11418 gtk_widget_style_get (GtkWidget *widget,
11419 const gchar *first_property_name,
11424 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11426 va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
11427 gtk_widget_style_get_valist (widget, first_property_name, var_args);
11432 * gtk_requisition_new:
11434 * Allocates a new #GtkRequisition structure and initializes its elements to zero.
11436 * Returns: a new empty #GtkRequisition. The newly allocated #GtkRequisition should
11437 * be freed with gtk_requisition_free().
11442 gtk_requisition_new (void)
11444 return g_slice_new0 (GtkRequisition);
11448 * gtk_requisition_copy:
11449 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
11451 * Copies a #GtkRequisition.
11453 * Returns: a copy of @requisition
11456 gtk_requisition_copy (const GtkRequisition *requisition)
11458 return g_slice_dup (GtkRequisition, requisition);
11462 * gtk_requisition_free:
11463 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
11465 * Frees a #GtkRequisition.
11468 gtk_requisition_free (GtkRequisition *requisition)
11470 g_slice_free (GtkRequisition, requisition);
11473 G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkRequisition, gtk_requisition,
11474 gtk_requisition_copy,
11475 gtk_requisition_free)
11478 * gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type:
11479 * @widget_class: class to set the accessible type for
11480 * @type: The object type that implements the accessible for @widget_class
11482 * Sets the type to be used for creating accessibles for widgets of
11483 * @widget_class. The given @type must be a subtype of the type used for
11484 * accessibles of the parent class.
11486 * This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.
11491 gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
11494 GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
11496 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
11497 g_return_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, widget_class->priv->accessible_type));
11499 priv = widget_class->priv;
11501 priv->accessible_type = type;
11502 /* reset this - honoring the type's role is better. */
11503 priv->accessible_role = ATK_ROLE_INVALID;
11507 * gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role:
11508 * @widget_class: class to set the accessible role for
11509 * @role: The role to use for accessibles created for @widget_class
11511 * Sets the default #AtkRole to be set on accessibles created for
11512 * widgets of @widget_class. Accessibles may decide to not honor this
11513 * setting if their role reporting is more refined. Calls to
11514 * gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type() will reset this value.
11516 * In cases where you want more fine-grained control over the role of
11517 * accessibles created for @widget_class, you should provide your own
11518 * accessible type and use gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type()
11521 * If @role is #ATK_ROLE_INVALID, the default role will not be changed
11522 * and the accessible's default role will be used instead.
11524 * This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.
11529 gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
11532 GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
11534 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
11536 priv = widget_class->priv;
11538 priv->accessible_role = role;
11542 * _gtk_widget_peek_accessible:
11543 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11545 * Gets the accessible for @widget, if it has been created yet.
11546 * Otherwise, this function returns %NULL. If the @widget's implementation
11547 * does not use the default way to create accessibles, %NULL will always be
11550 * Returns: the accessible for @widget or %NULL if none has been
11554 _gtk_widget_peek_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
11556 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11557 quark_accessible_object);
11561 * gtk_widget_get_accessible:
11562 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11564 * Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an
11565 * assistive technology.
11567 * If accessibility support is not available, this #AtkObject
11568 * instance may be a no-op. Likewise, if no class-specific #AtkObject
11569 * implementation is available for the widget instance in question,
11570 * it will inherit an #AtkObject implementation from the first ancestor
11571 * class for which such an implementation is defined.
11573 * The documentation of the
11574 * <ulink url="http://developer.gnome.org/atk/stable/">ATK</ulink>
11575 * library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses.
11577 * Returns: (transfer none): the #AtkObject associated with @widget
11580 gtk_widget_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
11582 GtkWidgetClass *klass;
11584 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
11586 klass = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
11588 g_return_val_if_fail (klass->get_accessible != NULL, NULL);
11590 return klass->get_accessible (widget);
11594 gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
11596 AtkObject* accessible;
11598 accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11599 quark_accessible_object);
11602 GtkWidgetClass *widget_class;
11603 GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
11604 AtkObjectFactory *factory;
11605 AtkRegistry *default_registry;
11607 widget_class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
11608 priv = widget_class->priv;
11610 if (priv->accessible_type == GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE)
11612 default_registry = atk_get_default_registry ();
11613 factory = atk_registry_get_factory (default_registry,
11614 G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget));
11616 atk_object_factory_create_accessible (factory,
11617 G_OBJECT (widget));
11619 if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
11620 atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
11622 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11623 quark_accessible_object,
11628 accessible = g_object_new (priv->accessible_type,
11631 if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
11632 atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
11634 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11635 quark_accessible_object,
11638 atk_object_initialize (accessible, widget);
11640 /* Set the role again, since we don't want a role set
11641 * in some parent initialize() function to override
11644 if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
11645 atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
11652 * Initialize a AtkImplementorIface instance's virtual pointers as
11653 * appropriate to this implementor's class (GtkWidget).
11656 gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface)
11658 iface->ref_accessible = gtk_widget_ref_accessible;
11662 gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor)
11664 AtkObject *accessible;
11666 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (implementor));
11668 g_object_ref (accessible);
11673 * Expand flag management
11677 gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
11679 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11681 priv = widget->priv;
11683 if (priv->need_compute_expand)
11687 if (priv->hexpand_set)
11692 if (priv->vexpand_set)
11697 /* we don't need to use compute_expand if both expands are
11698 * forced by the app
11700 if (!(priv->hexpand_set && priv->vexpand_set))
11702 if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand != NULL)
11706 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand (widget,
11707 priv->hexpand_set ? &ignored : &h,
11708 priv->vexpand_set ? &ignored : &v);
11712 priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
11713 priv->computed_hexpand = h != FALSE;
11714 priv->computed_vexpand = v != FALSE;
11719 * gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand:
11720 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11722 * Mark @widget as needing to recompute its expand flags. Call
11723 * this function when setting legacy expand child properties
11724 * on the child of a container.
11726 * See gtk_widget_compute_expand().
11729 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
11732 gboolean changed_anything;
11734 if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand)
11737 changed_anything = FALSE;
11739 while (parent != NULL)
11741 if (!parent->priv->need_compute_expand)
11743 parent->priv->need_compute_expand = TRUE;
11744 changed_anything = TRUE;
11747 /* Note: if we had an invariant that "if a child needs to
11748 * compute expand, its parents also do" then we could stop going
11749 * up when we got to a parent that already needed to
11750 * compute. However, in general we compute expand lazily (as
11751 * soon as we see something in a subtree that is expand, we know
11752 * we're expanding) and so this invariant does not hold and we
11753 * have to always walk all the way up in case some ancestor
11754 * is not currently need_compute_expand.
11757 parent = parent->priv->parent;
11760 /* recomputing expand always requires
11761 * a relayout as well
11763 if (changed_anything)
11764 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
11768 * gtk_widget_compute_expand:
11769 * @widget: the widget
11770 * @orientation: expand direction
11772 * Computes whether a container should give this widget extra space
11773 * when possible. Containers should check this, rather than
11774 * looking at gtk_widget_get_hexpand() or gtk_widget_get_vexpand().
11776 * This function already checks whether the widget is visible, so
11777 * visibility does not need to be checked separately. Non-visible
11778 * widgets are not expanded.
11780 * The computed expand value uses either the expand setting explicitly
11781 * set on the widget itself, or, if none has been explicitly set,
11782 * the widget may expand if some of its children do.
11784 * Return value: whether widget tree rooted here should be expanded
11787 gtk_widget_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
11788 GtkOrientation orientation)
11790 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
11792 /* We never make a widget expand if not even showing. */
11793 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
11796 gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (widget);
11798 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
11800 return widget->priv->computed_hexpand;
11804 return widget->priv->computed_vexpand;
11809 gtk_widget_set_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
11810 GtkOrientation orientation,
11813 const char *expand_prop;
11814 const char *expand_set_prop;
11816 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11818 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11820 priv = widget->priv;
11822 expand = expand != FALSE;
11824 was_both = priv->hexpand && priv->vexpand;
11826 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
11828 if (priv->hexpand_set &&
11829 priv->hexpand == expand)
11832 priv->hexpand_set = TRUE;
11833 priv->hexpand = expand;
11835 expand_prop = "hexpand";
11836 expand_set_prop = "hexpand-set";
11840 if (priv->vexpand_set &&
11841 priv->vexpand == expand)
11844 priv->vexpand_set = TRUE;
11845 priv->vexpand = expand;
11847 expand_prop = "vexpand";
11848 expand_set_prop = "vexpand-set";
11851 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
11853 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
11854 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), expand_prop);
11855 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), expand_set_prop);
11856 if (was_both != (priv->hexpand && priv->vexpand))
11857 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "expand");
11858 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
11862 gtk_widget_set_expand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
11863 GtkOrientation orientation,
11866 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11869 priv = widget->priv;
11871 set = set != FALSE;
11873 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
11875 if (set == priv->hexpand_set)
11878 priv->hexpand_set = set;
11879 prop = "hexpand-set";
11883 if (set == priv->vexpand_set)
11886 priv->vexpand_set = set;
11887 prop = "vexpand-set";
11890 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
11892 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), prop);
11896 * gtk_widget_get_hexpand:
11897 * @widget: the widget
11899 * Gets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
11900 * space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
11901 * generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
11902 * scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
11905 * Containers should use gtk_widget_compute_expand() rather than
11906 * this function, to see whether a widget, or any of its children,
11907 * has the expand flag set. If any child of a widget wants to
11908 * expand, the parent may ask to expand also.
11910 * This function only looks at the widget's own hexpand flag, rather
11911 * than computing whether the entire widget tree rooted at this widget
11914 * Return value: whether hexpand flag is set
11917 gtk_widget_get_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
11919 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
11921 return widget->priv->hexpand;
11925 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand:
11926 * @widget: the widget
11927 * @expand: whether to expand
11929 * Sets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
11930 * space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
11931 * generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
11932 * scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
11935 * Call this function to set the expand flag if you would like your
11936 * widget to become larger horizontally when the window has extra
11939 * By default, widgets automatically expand if any of their children
11940 * want to expand. (To see if a widget will automatically expand given
11941 * its current children and state, call gtk_widget_compute_expand(). A
11942 * container can decide how the expandability of children affects the
11943 * expansion of the container by overriding the compute_expand virtual
11944 * method on #GtkWidget.).
11946 * Setting hexpand explicitly with this function will override the
11947 * automatic expand behavior.
11949 * This function forces the widget to expand or not to expand,
11950 * regardless of children. The override occurs because
11951 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand() sets the hexpand-set property (see
11952 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set()) which causes the widget's hexpand
11953 * value to be used, rather than looking at children and widget state.
11956 gtk_widget_set_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
11959 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11961 gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, expand);
11965 * gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set:
11966 * @widget: the widget
11968 * Gets whether gtk_widget_set_hexpand() has been used to
11969 * explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
11971 * If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
11972 * expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
11973 * set, then the expand value depends on whether any
11974 * children of the widget would like to expand.
11976 * There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here
11977 * for completeness and consistency.
11979 * Return value: whether hexpand has been explicitly set
11982 gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
11984 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
11986 return widget->priv->hexpand_set;
11990 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set:
11991 * @widget: the widget
11992 * @set: value for hexpand-set property
11994 * Sets whether the hexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_hexpand()) will
11997 * The hexpand-set property will be set automatically when you call
11998 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand() to set hexpand, so the most likely
11999 * reason to use this function would be to unset an explicit expand
12002 * If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
12003 * expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
12004 * set, then the expand value depends on whether any
12005 * children of the widget would like to expand.
12007 * There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here
12008 * for completeness and consistency.
12011 gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
12014 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12016 gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, set);
12021 * gtk_widget_get_vexpand:
12022 * @widget: the widget
12024 * Gets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
12027 * See gtk_widget_get_hexpand() for more detail.
12029 * Return value: whether vexpand flag is set
12032 gtk_widget_get_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
12034 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
12036 return widget->priv->vexpand;
12040 * gtk_widget_set_vexpand:
12041 * @widget: the widget
12042 * @expand: whether to expand
12044 * Sets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
12047 * See gtk_widget_set_hexpand() for more detail.
12050 gtk_widget_set_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
12053 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12055 gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, expand);
12059 * gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set:
12060 * @widget: the widget
12062 * Gets whether gtk_widget_set_vexpand() has been used to
12063 * explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
12065 * See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set() for more detail.
12067 * Return value: whether vexpand has been explicitly set
12070 gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
12072 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
12074 return widget->priv->vexpand_set;
12078 * gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set:
12079 * @widget: the widget
12080 * @set: value for vexpand-set property
12082 * Sets whether the vexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_vexpand()) will
12085 * See gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set() for more detail.
12088 gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
12091 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12093 gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, set);
12097 * GtkBuildable implementation
12099 static GQuark quark_builder_has_default = 0;
12100 static GQuark quark_builder_has_focus = 0;
12101 static GQuark quark_builder_atk_relations = 0;
12102 static GQuark quark_builder_set_name = 0;
12105 gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface)
12107 quark_builder_has_default = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-default");
12108 quark_builder_has_focus = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-focus");
12109 quark_builder_atk_relations = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-atk-relations");
12110 quark_builder_set_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-set-name");
12112 iface->set_name = gtk_widget_buildable_set_name;
12113 iface->get_name = gtk_widget_buildable_get_name;
12114 iface->get_internal_child = gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child;
12115 iface->set_buildable_property = gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property;
12116 iface->parser_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished;
12117 iface->custom_tag_start = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start;
12118 iface->custom_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished;
12122 gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12125 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name,
12126 g_strdup (name), g_free);
12129 static const gchar *
12130 gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable)
12132 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name);
12136 gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12137 GtkBuilder *builder,
12138 const gchar *childname)
12140 if (strcmp (childname, "accessible") == 0)
12141 return G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable)));
12147 gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12148 GtkBuilder *builder,
12150 const GValue *value)
12152 if (strcmp (name, "has-default") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
12153 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default,
12154 GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
12155 else if (strcmp (name, "has-focus") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
12156 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus,
12157 GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
12159 g_object_set_property (G_OBJECT (buildable), name, value);
12164 gchar *action_name;
12165 GString *description;
12167 gboolean translatable;
12177 free_action (AtkActionData *data, gpointer user_data)
12179 g_free (data->action_name);
12180 g_string_free (data->description, TRUE);
12181 g_free (data->context);
12182 g_slice_free (AtkActionData, data);
12186 free_relation (AtkRelationData *data, gpointer user_data)
12188 g_free (data->target);
12189 g_free (data->type);
12190 g_slice_free (AtkRelationData, data);
12194 gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12195 GtkBuilder *builder)
12197 GSList *atk_relations;
12199 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default))
12200 gtk_widget_grab_default (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12201 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus))
12202 gtk_widget_grab_focus (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12204 atk_relations = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable),
12205 quark_builder_atk_relations);
12208 AtkObject *accessible;
12209 AtkRelationSet *relation_set;
12212 AtkRelationType relation_type;
12213 AtkObject *target_accessible;
12215 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12216 relation_set = atk_object_ref_relation_set (accessible);
12218 for (l = atk_relations; l; l = l->next)
12220 AtkRelationData *relation = (AtkRelationData*)l->data;
12222 target = gtk_builder_get_object (builder, relation->target);
12225 g_warning ("Target object %s in <relation> does not exist",
12229 target_accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (target));
12230 g_assert (target_accessible != NULL);
12232 relation_type = atk_relation_type_for_name (relation->type);
12233 if (relation_type == ATK_RELATION_NULL)
12235 g_warning ("<relation> type %s not found",
12239 atk_relation_set_add_relation_by_type (relation_set, relation_type,
12240 target_accessible);
12242 g_object_unref (relation_set);
12244 g_slist_free_full (atk_relations, (GDestroyNotify) free_relation);
12245 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
12254 } AccessibilitySubParserData;
12257 accessibility_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12258 const gchar *element_name,
12259 const gchar **names,
12260 const gchar **values,
12261 gpointer user_data,
12264 AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
12266 gint line_number, char_number;
12268 if (strcmp (element_name, "relation") == 0)
12270 gchar *target = NULL;
12271 gchar *type = NULL;
12272 AtkRelationData *relation;
12274 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
12276 if (strcmp (names[i], "target") == 0)
12277 target = g_strdup (values[i]);
12278 else if (strcmp (names[i], "type") == 0)
12279 type = g_strdup (values[i]);
12282 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12285 g_set_error (error,
12287 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
12288 "%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
12290 line_number, char_number, names[i], "relation");
12297 if (!target || !type)
12299 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12302 g_set_error (error,
12304 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
12305 "%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
12307 line_number, char_number, "relation",
12308 type ? "target" : "type");
12314 relation = g_slice_new (AtkRelationData);
12315 relation->target = target;
12316 relation->type = type;
12318 data->relations = g_slist_prepend (data->relations, relation);
12320 else if (strcmp (element_name, "action") == 0)
12322 const gchar *action_name = NULL;
12323 const gchar *description = NULL;
12324 const gchar *msg_context = NULL;
12325 gboolean translatable = FALSE;
12326 AtkActionData *action;
12328 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
12330 if (strcmp (names[i], "action_name") == 0)
12331 action_name = values[i];
12332 else if (strcmp (names[i], "description") == 0)
12333 description = values[i];
12334 else if (strcmp (names[i], "translatable") == 0)
12336 if (!_gtk_builder_boolean_from_string (values[i], &translatable, error))
12339 else if (strcmp (names[i], "comments") == 0)
12341 /* do nothing, comments are for translators */
12343 else if (strcmp (names[i], "context") == 0)
12344 msg_context = values[i];
12347 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12350 g_set_error (error,
12352 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
12353 "%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
12355 line_number, char_number, names[i], "action");
12362 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12365 g_set_error (error,
12367 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
12368 "%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
12370 line_number, char_number, "action",
12375 action = g_slice_new (AtkActionData);
12376 action->action_name = g_strdup (action_name);
12377 action->description = g_string_new (description);
12378 action->context = g_strdup (msg_context);
12379 action->translatable = translatable;
12381 data->actions = g_slist_prepend (data->actions, action);
12383 else if (strcmp (element_name, "accessibility") == 0)
12386 g_warning ("Unsupported tag for GtkWidget: %s\n", element_name);
12390 accessibility_text (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12393 gpointer user_data,
12396 AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
12398 if (strcmp (g_markup_parse_context_get_element (context), "action") == 0)
12400 AtkActionData *action = data->actions->data;
12402 g_string_append_len (action->description, text, text_len);
12406 static const GMarkupParser accessibility_parser =
12408 accessibility_start_element,
12410 accessibility_text,
12419 } AccelGroupParserData;
12422 accel_group_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12423 const gchar *element_name,
12424 const gchar **names,
12425 const gchar **values,
12426 gpointer user_data,
12431 guint modifiers = 0;
12432 gchar *signal = NULL;
12433 AccelGroupParserData *parser_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
12435 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
12437 if (strcmp (names[i], "key") == 0)
12438 key = gdk_keyval_from_name (values[i]);
12439 else if (strcmp (names[i], "modifiers") == 0)
12441 if (!_gtk_builder_flags_from_string (GDK_TYPE_MODIFIER_TYPE,
12447 else if (strcmp (names[i], "signal") == 0)
12448 signal = g_strdup (values[i]);
12451 if (key == 0 || signal == NULL)
12453 g_warning ("<accelerator> requires key and signal attributes");
12456 parser_data->key = key;
12457 parser_data->modifiers = modifiers;
12458 parser_data->signal = signal;
12461 static const GMarkupParser accel_group_parser =
12463 accel_group_start_element,
12472 style_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12473 const gchar *element_name,
12474 const gchar **names,
12475 const gchar **values,
12476 gpointer user_data,
12479 StyleParserData *style_data = (StyleParserData *)user_data;
12482 if (strcmp (element_name, "class") == 0)
12484 if (g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name,
12488 G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRDUP, "name", &class_name,
12489 G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
12491 style_data->classes = g_slist_append (style_data->classes, class_name);
12494 else if (strcmp (element_name, "style") == 0)
12497 g_warning ("Unsupported tag for GtkWidget: %s\n", element_name);
12500 static const GMarkupParser style_parser =
12502 style_start_element,
12506 gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12507 GtkBuilder *builder,
12509 const gchar *tagname,
12510 GMarkupParser *parser,
12513 g_assert (buildable);
12515 if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
12517 AccelGroupParserData *parser_data;
12519 parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccelGroupParserData);
12520 parser_data->object = g_object_ref (buildable);
12521 *parser = accel_group_parser;
12522 *data = parser_data;
12525 if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
12527 AccessibilitySubParserData *parser_data;
12529 parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccessibilitySubParserData);
12530 *parser = accessibility_parser;
12531 *data = parser_data;
12534 if (strcmp (tagname, "style") == 0)
12536 StyleParserData *parser_data;
12538 parser_data = g_slice_new0 (StyleParserData);
12539 *parser = style_parser;
12540 *data = parser_data;
12548 _gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
12549 GtkWidget *toplevel,
12550 gpointer user_data)
12552 AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
12553 GSList *accel_groups;
12554 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
12556 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12557 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (toplevel));
12558 g_return_if_fail (user_data != NULL);
12560 accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
12561 accel_groups = gtk_accel_groups_from_object (G_OBJECT (toplevel));
12562 if (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 0)
12564 accel_group = gtk_accel_group_new ();
12565 gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), accel_group);
12569 g_assert (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 1);
12570 accel_group = g_slist_nth_data (accel_groups, 0);
12573 gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object),
12574 accel_data->signal,
12577 accel_data->modifiers,
12578 GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE);
12580 g_object_unref (accel_data->object);
12581 g_free (accel_data->signal);
12582 g_slice_free (AccelGroupParserData, accel_data);
12586 gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12587 GtkBuilder *builder,
12589 const gchar *tagname,
12590 gpointer user_data)
12592 if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
12594 AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
12595 GtkWidget *toplevel;
12597 accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
12598 g_assert (accel_data->object);
12600 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object));
12602 _gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), toplevel, user_data);
12604 else if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
12606 AccessibilitySubParserData *a11y_data;
12608 a11y_data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
12610 if (a11y_data->actions)
12612 AtkObject *accessible;
12617 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12619 if (ATK_IS_ACTION (accessible))
12621 action = ATK_ACTION (accessible);
12622 n_actions = atk_action_get_n_actions (action);
12624 for (l = a11y_data->actions; l; l = l->next)
12626 AtkActionData *action_data = (AtkActionData*)l->data;
12628 for (i = 0; i < n_actions; i++)
12629 if (strcmp (atk_action_get_name (action, i),
12630 action_data->action_name) == 0)
12635 gchar *description;
12637 if (action_data->translatable && action_data->description->len)
12638 description = _gtk_builder_parser_translate (gtk_builder_get_translation_domain (builder),
12639 action_data->context,
12640 action_data->description->str);
12642 description = action_data->description->str;
12644 atk_action_set_description (action, i, description);
12649 g_warning ("accessibility action on a widget that does not implement AtkAction");
12651 g_slist_free_full (a11y_data->actions, (GDestroyNotify) free_action);
12654 if (a11y_data->relations)
12655 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
12656 a11y_data->relations);
12658 g_slice_free (AccessibilitySubParserData, a11y_data);
12660 else if (strcmp (tagname, "style") == 0)
12662 StyleParserData *style_data = (StyleParserData *)user_data;
12663 GtkStyleContext *context;
12666 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12668 for (l = style_data->classes; l; l = l->next)
12669 gtk_style_context_add_class (context, (const gchar *)l->data);
12671 gtk_widget_reset_style (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12673 g_slist_free_full (style_data->classes, g_free);
12674 g_slice_free (StyleParserData, style_data);
12678 static GtkSizeRequestMode
12679 gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget)
12681 /* By default widgets dont trade size at all. */
12682 return GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_CONSTANT_SIZE;
12686 gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
12687 gint *minimum_size,
12688 gint *natural_size)
12698 gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
12699 gint *minimum_size,
12700 gint *natural_size)
12710 gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width (GtkWidget *widget,
12712 gint *minimum_height,
12713 gint *natural_height)
12715 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_height (widget, minimum_height, natural_height);
12719 gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget,
12721 gint *minimum_width,
12722 gint *natural_width)
12724 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, minimum_width, natural_width);
12728 * gtk_widget_get_halign:
12729 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12731 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:halign property.
12733 * Returns: the horizontal alignment of @widget
12736 gtk_widget_get_halign (GtkWidget *widget)
12738 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
12739 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->halign;
12743 * gtk_widget_set_halign:
12744 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12745 * @align: the horizontal alignment
12747 * Sets the horizontal alignment of @widget.
12748 * See the #GtkWidget:halign property.
12751 gtk_widget_set_halign (GtkWidget *widget,
12754 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12756 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12758 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12760 if (aux_info->halign == align)
12763 aux_info->halign = align;
12764 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12765 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "halign");
12769 * gtk_widget_get_valign:
12770 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12772 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:valign property.
12774 * Returns: the vertical alignment of @widget
12777 gtk_widget_get_valign (GtkWidget *widget)
12779 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
12780 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->valign;
12784 * gtk_widget_set_valign:
12785 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12786 * @align: the vertical alignment
12788 * Sets the vertical alignment of @widget.
12789 * See the #GtkWidget:valign property.
12792 gtk_widget_set_valign (GtkWidget *widget,
12795 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12797 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12799 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12801 if (aux_info->valign == align)
12804 aux_info->valign = align;
12805 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12806 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "valign");
12810 * gtk_widget_get_margin_left:
12811 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12813 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-left property.
12815 * Returns: The left margin of @widget
12820 gtk_widget_get_margin_left (GtkWidget *widget)
12822 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
12824 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.left;
12828 * gtk_widget_set_margin_left:
12829 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12830 * @margin: the left margin
12832 * Sets the left margin of @widget.
12833 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-left property.
12838 gtk_widget_set_margin_left (GtkWidget *widget,
12841 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12843 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12844 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
12846 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12848 if (aux_info->margin.left == margin)
12851 aux_info->margin.left = margin;
12852 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12853 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-left");
12857 * gtk_widget_get_margin_right:
12858 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12860 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-right property.
12862 * Returns: The right margin of @widget
12867 gtk_widget_get_margin_right (GtkWidget *widget)
12869 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
12871 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.right;
12875 * gtk_widget_set_margin_right:
12876 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12877 * @margin: the right margin
12879 * Sets the right margin of @widget.
12880 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-right property.
12885 gtk_widget_set_margin_right (GtkWidget *widget,
12888 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12890 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12891 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
12893 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12895 if (aux_info->margin.right == margin)
12898 aux_info->margin.right = margin;
12899 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12900 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-right");
12904 * gtk_widget_get_margin_top:
12905 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12907 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
12909 * Returns: The top margin of @widget
12914 gtk_widget_get_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget)
12916 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
12918 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.top;
12922 * gtk_widget_set_margin_top:
12923 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12924 * @margin: the top margin
12926 * Sets the top margin of @widget.
12927 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
12932 gtk_widget_set_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget,
12935 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12937 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12938 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
12940 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12942 if (aux_info->margin.top == margin)
12945 aux_info->margin.top = margin;
12946 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12947 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-top");
12951 * gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom:
12952 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12954 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
12956 * Returns: The bottom margin of @widget
12961 gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget)
12963 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
12965 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.bottom;
12969 * gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom:
12970 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12971 * @margin: the bottom margin
12973 * Sets the bottom margin of @widget.
12974 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
12979 gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget,
12982 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12984 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12985 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
12987 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12989 if (aux_info->margin.bottom == margin)
12992 aux_info->margin.bottom = margin;
12993 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12994 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-bottom");
12998 * gtk_widget_get_clipboard:
12999 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13000 * @selection: a #GdkAtom which identifies the clipboard
13001 * to use. %GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD gives the
13002 * default clipboard. Another common value
13003 * is %GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY, which gives
13004 * the primary X selection.
13006 * Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to
13007 * be used with @widget. @widget must have a #GdkDisplay
13008 * associated with it, so must be attached to a toplevel
13011 * Return value: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. If no
13012 * clipboard already exists, a new one will
13013 * be created. Once a clipboard object has
13014 * been created, it is persistent for all time.
13019 gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget, GdkAtom selection)
13021 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13022 g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_has_screen (widget), NULL);
13024 return gtk_clipboard_get_for_display (gtk_widget_get_display (widget),
13029 * gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels:
13030 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13032 * Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for
13033 * which this widget is the target of a mnemonic (see for example,
13034 * gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget()).
13036 * The widgets in the list are not individually referenced. If you
13037 * want to iterate through the list and perform actions involving
13038 * callbacks that might destroy the widgets, you
13039 * <emphasis>must</emphasis> call <literal>g_list_foreach (result,
13040 * (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)</literal> first, and then unref all the
13041 * widgets afterwards.
13043 * Return value: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): the list of
13044 * mnemonic labels; free this list
13045 * with g_list_free() when you are done with it.
13050 gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels (GtkWidget *widget)
13052 GList *list = NULL;
13055 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13057 for (l = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels); l; l = l->next)
13058 list = g_list_prepend (list, l->data);
13064 * gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label:
13065 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13066 * @label: a #GtkWidget that acts as a mnemonic label for @widget
13068 * Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for
13069 * this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). Note the
13070 * list of mnemonic labels for the widget is cleared when the
13071 * widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update
13072 * its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection
13073 * to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier.
13078 gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
13081 GSList *old_list, *new_list;
13083 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13084 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
13086 old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
13087 new_list = g_slist_prepend (old_list, label);
13089 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
13090 new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
13094 * gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label:
13095 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13096 * @label: a #GtkWidget that was previously set as a mnemnic label for
13097 * @widget with gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
13099 * Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for
13100 * this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget
13101 * must have previously been added to the list with
13102 * gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
13107 gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
13110 GSList *old_list, *new_list;
13112 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13113 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
13115 old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
13116 new_list = g_slist_remove (old_list, label);
13119 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
13120 new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
13124 * gtk_widget_get_no_show_all:
13125 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13127 * Returns the current value of the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property,
13128 * which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all()
13129 * will affect this widget.
13131 * Return value: the current value of the "no-show-all" property.
13136 gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
13138 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13140 return widget->priv->no_show_all;
13144 * gtk_widget_set_no_show_all:
13145 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13146 * @no_show_all: the new value for the "no-show-all" property
13148 * Sets the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether
13149 * calls to gtk_widget_show_all() will affect this widget.
13151 * This is mostly for use in constructing widget hierarchies with externally
13152 * controlled visibility, see #GtkUIManager.
13157 gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget,
13158 gboolean no_show_all)
13160 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13162 no_show_all = (no_show_all != FALSE);
13164 if (widget->priv->no_show_all != no_show_all)
13166 widget->priv->no_show_all = no_show_all;
13168 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "no-show-all");
13174 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
13175 gboolean has_tooltip,
13178 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
13179 gboolean priv_has_tooltip;
13181 priv_has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
13182 quark_has_tooltip));
13184 if (priv_has_tooltip != has_tooltip || force)
13186 priv_has_tooltip = has_tooltip;
13188 if (priv_has_tooltip)
13190 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && !gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
13191 gdk_window_set_events (priv->window,
13192 gdk_window_get_events (priv->window) |
13193 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
13194 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
13195 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
13197 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
13198 gtk_widget_add_events (widget,
13199 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
13200 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
13201 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
13204 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip,
13205 GUINT_TO_POINTER (priv_has_tooltip));
13210 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window:
13211 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13212 * @custom_window: (allow-none): a #GtkWindow, or %NULL
13214 * Replaces the default, usually yellow, window used for displaying
13215 * tooltips with @custom_window. GTK+ will take care of showing and
13216 * hiding @custom_window at the right moment, to behave likewise as
13217 * the default tooltip window. If @custom_window is %NULL, the default
13218 * tooltip window will be used.
13220 * If the custom window should have the default theming it needs to
13221 * have the name "gtk-tooltip", see gtk_widget_set_name().
13226 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13227 GtkWindow *custom_window)
13229 gboolean has_tooltip;
13230 gchar *tooltip_markup;
13232 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13233 g_return_if_fail (custom_window == NULL || GTK_IS_WINDOW (custom_window));
13235 tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
13238 g_object_ref (custom_window);
13240 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window,
13241 custom_window, g_object_unref);
13243 has_tooltip = (custom_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
13244 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, has_tooltip, FALSE);
13246 if (has_tooltip && gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
13247 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
13251 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window:
13252 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13254 * Returns the #GtkWindow of the current tooltip. This can be the
13255 * GtkWindow created by default, or the custom tooltip window set
13256 * using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window().
13258 * Return value: (transfer none): The #GtkWindow of the current tooltip.
13263 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget)
13265 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13267 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window);
13271 * gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query:
13272 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13274 * Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of @widget
13275 * is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more
13281 gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
13283 gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query (gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
13286 static guint tooltip_query_id;
13287 static GSList *tooltip_query_displays;
13290 tooltip_query_idle (gpointer data)
13292 g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query, NULL);
13293 g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)g_object_unref, NULL);
13294 g_slist_free (tooltip_query_displays);
13296 tooltip_query_displays = NULL;
13297 tooltip_query_id = 0;
13303 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
13305 GdkDisplay *display;
13307 display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
13309 if (!g_slist_find (tooltip_query_displays, display))
13310 tooltip_query_displays = g_slist_prepend (tooltip_query_displays, g_object_ref (display));
13312 if (tooltip_query_id == 0)
13313 tooltip_query_id = gdk_threads_add_idle (tooltip_query_idle, NULL);
13317 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text:
13318 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13319 * @text: the contents of the tooltip for @widget
13321 * Sets @text as the contents of the tooltip. This function will take
13322 * care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE and of the default
13323 * handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
13325 * See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text().
13330 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget,
13333 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13335 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", text, NULL);
13339 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text:
13340 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13342 * Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
13344 * Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
13345 * returned string with g_free() when done.
13350 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget)
13352 gchar *text = NULL;
13354 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13356 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", &text, NULL);
13362 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup:
13363 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13364 * @markup: (allow-none): the contents of the tooltip for @widget, or %NULL
13366 * Sets @markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with
13367 * the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
13369 * This function will take care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE
13370 * and of the default handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
13372 * See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup property and
13373 * gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
13378 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget,
13379 const gchar *markup)
13381 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13383 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", markup, NULL);
13387 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup:
13388 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13390 * Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
13392 * Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
13393 * returned string with g_free() when done.
13398 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget)
13400 gchar *text = NULL;
13402 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13404 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", &text, NULL);
13410 * gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip:
13411 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13412 * @has_tooltip: whether or not @widget has a tooltip.
13414 * Sets the has-tooltip property on @widget to @has_tooltip. See
13415 * #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
13420 gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
13421 gboolean has_tooltip)
13423 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13425 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", has_tooltip, NULL);
13429 * gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip:
13430 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13432 * Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See
13433 * #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
13435 * Return value: current value of has-tooltip on @widget.
13440 gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget)
13442 gboolean has_tooltip = FALSE;
13444 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13446 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", &has_tooltip, NULL);
13448 return has_tooltip;
13452 * gtk_widget_get_allocation:
13453 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13454 * @allocation: (out): a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to
13456 * Retrieves the widget's allocation.
13458 * Note, when implementing a #GtkContainer: a widget's allocation will
13459 * be its "adjusted" allocation, that is, the widget's parent
13460 * container typically calls gtk_widget_size_allocate() with an
13461 * allocation, and that allocation is then adjusted (to handle margin
13462 * and alignment for example) before assignment to the widget.
13463 * gtk_widget_get_allocation() returns the adjusted allocation that
13464 * was actually assigned to the widget. The adjusted allocation is
13465 * guaranteed to be completely contained within the
13466 * gtk_widget_size_allocate() allocation, however. So a #GtkContainer
13467 * is guaranteed that its children stay inside the assigned bounds,
13468 * but not that they have exactly the bounds the container assigned.
13469 * There is no way to get the original allocation assigned by
13470 * gtk_widget_size_allocate(), since it isn't stored; if a container
13471 * implementation needs that information it will have to track it itself.
13476 gtk_widget_get_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
13477 GtkAllocation *allocation)
13479 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13481 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13482 g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
13484 priv = widget->priv;
13486 *allocation = priv->allocation;
13490 * gtk_widget_set_allocation:
13491 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13492 * @allocation: a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy from
13494 * Sets the widget's allocation. This should not be used
13495 * directly, but from within a widget's size_allocate method.
13497 * The allocation set should be the "adjusted" or actual
13498 * allocation. If you're implementing a #GtkContainer, you want to use
13499 * gtk_widget_size_allocate() instead of gtk_widget_set_allocation().
13500 * The GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_allocation virtual method adjusts the
13501 * allocation inside gtk_widget_size_allocate() to create an adjusted
13507 gtk_widget_set_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
13508 const GtkAllocation *allocation)
13510 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13512 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13513 g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
13515 priv = widget->priv;
13517 priv->allocation = *allocation;
13521 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_width:
13522 * @widget: the widget to query
13524 * Returns the width that has currently been allocated to @widget.
13525 * This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
13526 * for the #GtkWidget::draw function.
13528 * Returns: the width of the @widget
13531 gtk_widget_get_allocated_width (GtkWidget *widget)
13533 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13535 return widget->priv->allocation.width;
13539 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_height:
13540 * @widget: the widget to query
13542 * Returns the height that has currently been allocated to @widget.
13543 * This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
13544 * for the #GtkWidget::draw function.
13546 * Returns: the height of the @widget
13549 gtk_widget_get_allocated_height (GtkWidget *widget)
13551 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13553 return widget->priv->allocation.height;
13557 * gtk_widget_get_requisition:
13558 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13559 * @requisition: (out): a pointer to a #GtkRequisition to copy to
13561 * Retrieves the widget's requisition.
13563 * This function should only be used by widget implementations in
13564 * order to figure whether the widget's requisition has actually
13565 * changed after some internal state change (so that they can call
13566 * gtk_widget_queue_resize() instead of gtk_widget_queue_draw()).
13568 * Normally, gtk_widget_size_request() should be used.
13572 * Deprecated: 3.0: The #GtkRequisition cache on the widget was
13573 * removed, If you need to cache sizes across requests and allocations,
13574 * add an explicit cache to the widget in question instead.
13577 gtk_widget_get_requisition (GtkWidget *widget,
13578 GtkRequisition *requisition)
13580 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13581 g_return_if_fail (requisition != NULL);
13583 gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
13587 * gtk_widget_set_window:
13588 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13589 * @window: (transfer full): a #GdkWindow
13591 * Sets a widget's window. This function should only be used in a
13592 * widget's #GtkWidget::realize implementation. The %window passed is
13593 * usually either new window created with gdk_window_new(), or the
13594 * window of its parent widget as returned by
13595 * gtk_widget_get_parent_window().
13597 * Widgets must indicate whether they will create their own #GdkWindow
13598 * by calling gtk_widget_set_has_window(). This is usually done in the
13599 * widget's init() function.
13601 * <note><para>This function does not add any reference to @window.</para></note>
13606 gtk_widget_set_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13609 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13611 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13612 g_return_if_fail (window == NULL || GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
13614 priv = widget->priv;
13616 if (priv->window != window)
13618 priv->window = window;
13619 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "window");
13624 * gtk_widget_get_window:
13625 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13627 * Returns the widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise
13629 * Return value: (transfer none): @widget's window.
13634 gtk_widget_get_window (GtkWidget *widget)
13636 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13638 return widget->priv->window;
13642 * gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice:
13643 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13645 * Returns %TRUE if @widget is multiple pointer aware. See
13646 * gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice() for more information.
13648 * Returns: %TRUE if @widget is multidevice aware.
13651 gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget)
13653 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13655 return widget->priv->multidevice;
13659 * gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice:
13660 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13661 * @support_multidevice: %TRUE to support input from multiple devices.
13663 * Enables or disables multiple pointer awareness. If this setting is %TRUE,
13664 * @widget will start receiving multiple, per device enter/leave events. Note
13665 * that if custom #GdkWindow<!-- -->s are created in #GtkWidget::realize,
13666 * gdk_window_set_support_multidevice() will have to be called manually on them.
13671 gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget,
13672 gboolean support_multidevice)
13674 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13676 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13678 priv = widget->priv;
13679 priv->multidevice = (support_multidevice == TRUE);
13681 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
13682 gdk_window_set_support_multidevice (priv->window, support_multidevice);
13686 _gtk_widget_set_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
13687 gboolean has_focus)
13689 widget->priv->has_focus = has_focus;
13692 gtk_widget_set_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED, FALSE);
13694 gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED);
13698 * gtk_widget_send_focus_change:
13699 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13700 * @event: a #GdkEvent of type GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE
13702 * Sends the focus change @event to @widget
13704 * This function is not meant to be used by applications. The only time it
13705 * should be used is when it is necessary for a #GtkWidget to assign focus
13706 * to a widget that is semantically owned by the first widget even though
13707 * it's not a direct child - for instance, a search entry in a floating
13708 * window similar to the quick search in #GtkTreeView.
13710 * An example of its usage is:
13713 * GdkEvent *fevent = gdk_event_new (GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE);
13715 * fevent->focus_change.type = GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE;
13716 * fevent->focus_change.in = TRUE;
13717 * fevent->focus_change.window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
13718 * if (fevent->focus_change.window != NULL)
13719 * g_object_ref (fevent->focus_change.window);
13721 * gtk_widget_send_focus_change (widget, fevent);
13723 * gdk_event_free (event);
13726 * Return value: the return value from the event signal emission: %TRUE
13727 * if the event was handled, and %FALSE otherwise
13732 gtk_widget_send_focus_change (GtkWidget *widget,
13737 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13738 g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL && event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE, FALSE);
13740 g_object_ref (widget);
13742 _gtk_widget_set_has_focus (widget, event->focus_change.in);
13744 res = gtk_widget_event (widget, event);
13746 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-focus");
13748 g_object_unref (widget);
13754 * gtk_widget_in_destruction:
13755 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13757 * Returns whether the widget is currently being destroyed.
13758 * This information can sometimes be used to avoid doing
13759 * unnecessary work.
13761 * Returns: %TRUE if @widget is being destroyed
13764 gtk_widget_in_destruction (GtkWidget *widget)
13766 return widget->priv->in_destruction;
13770 _gtk_widget_get_in_reparent (GtkWidget *widget)
13772 return widget->priv->in_reparent;
13776 _gtk_widget_set_in_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
13777 gboolean in_reparent)
13779 widget->priv->in_reparent = in_reparent;
13783 _gtk_widget_get_anchored (GtkWidget *widget)
13785 return widget->priv->anchored;
13789 _gtk_widget_set_anchored (GtkWidget *widget,
13792 widget->priv->anchored = anchored;
13796 _gtk_widget_get_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget)
13798 return widget->priv->shadowed;
13802 _gtk_widget_set_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
13805 widget->priv->shadowed = shadowed;
13809 _gtk_widget_get_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
13811 return widget->priv->alloc_needed;
13815 _gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget,
13816 gboolean alloc_needed)
13818 widget->priv->alloc_needed = alloc_needed;
13822 _gtk_widget_add_sizegroup (GtkWidget *widget,
13827 groups = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
13828 groups = g_slist_prepend (groups, group);
13829 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups, groups);
13831 widget->priv->have_size_groups = TRUE;
13835 _gtk_widget_remove_sizegroup (GtkWidget *widget,
13840 groups = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
13841 groups = g_slist_remove (groups, group);
13842 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups, groups);
13844 widget->priv->have_size_groups = groups != NULL;
13848 _gtk_widget_get_sizegroups (GtkWidget *widget)
13850 if (widget->priv->have_size_groups)
13851 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
13857 _gtk_widget_add_attached_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13860 widget->priv->attached_windows = g_list_prepend (widget->priv->attached_windows, window);
13864 _gtk_widget_remove_attached_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13867 widget->priv->attached_windows = g_list_remove (widget->priv->attached_windows, window);
13871 * gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget:
13872 * @path: a widget path
13873 * @widget: the widget to append to the widget path
13875 * Appends the data from @widget to the widget hierarchy represented
13876 * by @path. This function is a shortcut for adding information from
13877 * @widget to the given @path. This includes setting the name or
13878 * adding the style classes from @widget.
13880 * Returns: the position where the data was inserted
13885 gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget (GtkWidgetPath *path,
13890 g_return_val_if_fail (path != NULL, 0);
13891 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13893 pos = gtk_widget_path_append_type (path, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget));
13895 if (widget->priv->name)
13896 gtk_widget_path_iter_set_name (path, pos, widget->priv->name);
13898 if (widget->priv->context)
13900 GList *classes, *l;
13902 /* Also add any persistent classes in
13903 * the style context the widget path
13905 classes = gtk_style_context_list_classes (widget->priv->context);
13907 for (l = classes; l; l = l->next)
13908 gtk_widget_path_iter_add_class (path, pos, l->data);
13910 g_list_free (classes);
13917 _gtk_widget_create_path (GtkWidget *widget)
13921 parent = widget->priv->parent;
13924 return gtk_container_get_path_for_child (GTK_CONTAINER (parent), widget);
13927 /* Widget is either toplevel or unparented, treat both
13928 * as toplevels style wise, since there are situations
13929 * where style properties might be retrieved on that
13932 GtkWidget *attach_widget = NULL;
13933 GtkWidgetPath *result;
13935 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
13936 attach_widget = gtk_window_get_attached_to (GTK_WINDOW (widget));
13938 if (attach_widget != NULL)
13939 result = gtk_widget_path_copy (gtk_widget_get_path (attach_widget));
13941 result = gtk_widget_path_new ();
13943 gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget (result, widget);
13950 * gtk_widget_get_path:
13951 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13953 * Returns the #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget, if the widget
13954 * is not connected to a toplevel widget, a partial path will be
13957 * Returns: (transfer none): The #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget
13960 gtk_widget_get_path (GtkWidget *widget)
13962 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13964 if (!widget->priv->path)
13965 widget->priv->path = _gtk_widget_create_path (widget);
13967 return widget->priv->path;
13971 _gtk_widget_style_context_invalidated (GtkWidget *widget)
13973 if (widget->priv->path)
13975 gtk_widget_path_free (widget->priv->path);
13976 widget->priv->path = NULL;
13979 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
13980 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED], 0);
13983 /* Compress all style updates so it
13984 * is only emitted once pre-realize.
13986 widget->priv->style_update_pending = TRUE;
13991 * gtk_widget_get_style_context:
13992 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13994 * Returns the style context associated to @widget.
13996 * Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkStyleContext. This memory is owned by @widget and
13997 * must not be freed.
14000 gtk_widget_get_style_context (GtkWidget *widget)
14002 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
14004 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
14006 priv = widget->priv;
14008 if (G_UNLIKELY (priv->context == NULL))
14012 priv->context = gtk_style_context_new ();
14014 gtk_style_context_set_state (priv->context, priv->state_flags);
14016 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
14018 gtk_style_context_set_screen (priv->context, screen);
14021 gtk_style_context_set_parent (priv->context,
14022 gtk_widget_get_style_context (priv->parent));
14024 _gtk_style_context_set_widget (priv->context, widget);
14027 return widget->priv->context;
14031 _gtk_widget_invalidate_style_context (GtkWidget *widget,
14032 GtkCssChange change)
14034 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
14036 priv = widget->priv;
14038 if (priv->context == NULL)
14041 _gtk_style_context_queue_invalidate (priv->context, change);
14045 * gtk_widget_get_modifier_mask:
14046 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
14047 * @intent: the use case for the modifier mask
14049 * Returns the modifier mask the @widget's windowing system backend
14050 * uses for a particular purpose.
14052 * See gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask().
14054 * Returns: the modifier mask used for @intent.
14059 gtk_widget_get_modifier_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
14060 GdkModifierIntent intent)
14062 GdkDisplay *display;
14064 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
14066 display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
14068 return gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask (gdk_keymap_get_for_display (display),
14073 _gtk_widget_get_style (GtkWidget *widget)
14075 return widget->priv->style;
14079 _gtk_widget_set_style (GtkWidget *widget,
14082 widget->priv->style = style;
14086 _gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (GtkWidget *widget)
14089 GActionMuxer *parent_muxer;
14091 if (widget->priv->muxer == NULL)
14094 if (GTK_IS_MENU (widget))
14095 parent = gtk_menu_get_attach_widget (GTK_MENU (widget));
14097 parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
14099 parent_muxer = parent ? _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (parent) : NULL;
14101 g_action_muxer_set_parent (widget->priv->muxer, parent_muxer);
14105 _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (GtkWidget *widget)
14107 if (widget->priv->muxer == NULL)
14109 widget->priv->muxer = g_action_muxer_new ();
14110 _gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
14113 return widget->priv->muxer;
14117 * gtk_widget_insert_action_group:
14118 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
14119 * @name: the prefix for actions in @group
14120 * @group: a #GActionGroup
14122 * Inserts @group into @widget. Children of @widget that implement
14123 * #GtkActionable can then be associated with actions in @group by
14124 * setting their 'action-name' to
14125 * @prefix.<replaceable>action-name</replaceable>.
14130 gtk_widget_insert_action_group (GtkWidget *widget,
14132 GActionGroup *group)
14134 GActionMuxer *muxer;
14136 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
14137 g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
14139 muxer = _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (widget);
14142 g_action_muxer_insert (muxer, name, group);
14144 g_action_muxer_remove (muxer, name);